Catalog 2014

Bosch Motorsport
Equipment for High Performance Vehicles

Edition 2014
Contacts
Europe Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport
products on public roads. They are only developed for use
Bosch Engineering GmbH in racing on private closed courses!
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 1
74232 Abstatt
Germany
Tel. +49 7062 911 79101
Fax +49 7062 911 79104
United Kingdom
Robert Bosch Ltd.
Motorsports
Broadwater Park, North Orbital Road
Denham, Uxbridge
Middlesex UB9 5HJ
United Kingdom
Tel. +44 1895 838 929
Fax +44 1895 839 019
France
Robert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F – 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
France
Tel. +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax +33 1 40 10 76 88
North and South America

Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsports
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Tel. +1 248 876 2977
Fax +1 248 876 7373
Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport Department
18F Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5- Minato Mirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 220-6218
Japan
Tel. +81 45 650 5610
Fax +81 45 650 5611
Australia and New Zealand

Robert Bosch Pty. Ltd
1555 Centre Road
Clayton, Victoria, 3168
Australia
Tel. +61 (3) 9541 3901
Fax +61 (3) 9541 7225
[email protected]
For more information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email to
[email protected]
© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2013
Modifications reserved.
01 Engine Control Units 1
02 Injection and Ignition 2
03 Alternators and Starters 3
04 Sensors 4
05 Brake Control 5
06 Displays 6
07 Data Logging Systems 7
08 Software 8
09 Accessories 9
10 Appendix 10
Table of contents | 5
01 Engine Control Units 9 Ignition Coils 81
Gasoline Engine Control Units 10 Single Fire Coil PS 81

Single Fire Coil PS-T 84
Engine Control Units Sport Line 11 Single Fire Coil P35 87
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport 14 Single Fire Coil P35-T 90
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup 16 Single Fire Coil P35-E8 93
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport 18 Single Fire Coil P35-E10 96
Engine Control Units Performance Line 21 Single Fire Coil P35-TE8 98
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0 24 Single Fire Coil P35-TE10 101
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1 26 Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M 104
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5 28 Single Fire Coil P65 107
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2 30 Single Fire Coil P65-T 110
Single Fire Coil P65-E8 113
Diesel Engine Control Units 32 Single Fire Coil P65-E10 116
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8 119
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 33 Single Fire Coil P65-TE10 122
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 35 Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 125
Engine Control Unit MS 12 37 Double Fire Coil 2x2 128
Double Fire Coil 3x2 131
Single Fire Coil S19 134
02 Injection and Ignition 39 Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T 137
Diesel System Components 40 Single Fire Coil C90i-pro 140
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8 143
Diesel System Components 40 Single Fire Coil C90i-E10 146
Electronic Throttle Body 43 Ignition Modules 149
Electronic Throttle Body 43 Ignition Module IM 3.1 149

Ignition Module IM 3.2 151
Fuel Pressure Regulators 46 Ignition Module IM 4 153
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M 46 Injection Valves 155

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A 49
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38 51 Injection Valve EV 6 155
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 54 Injection Valve EV 12 159
FPR Adaptor 57 Injection Valve EV 14 163
HP Control Valve DSV 59 Injection Valve EV 14i 168
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 171
Fuel Pumps 61 HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC 173
Fuel Pump FP 100 61

Fuel Pump FP 165 63
Fuel Pump FP 200 65 Alternators 176
Fuel Pump FP 300 67
Fuel Pump FP 300L 69 Alternator 90 A 176
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/-FCV HP 71 Alternator B3 178
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD 73 Alternator B3 LIN 181
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW 74 Alternator GCM1 184
HP Injection Power Stages 75 Starters 188
HPI 1.1 75 Starter 1.4 kW 188

HPI 5 76 Starter 1.7 kW 190
HPI 5-M 4C 77 Starter 2.0 kW 192
HPI 5-M 8C 79
04 Sensors 195
Absolute Position Sensor 196
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C 196

6 | Table of contents
Current Sensor 198 Rotary Potentiometers 278
Current Sensor CS 240 198 Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M 278

Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M/130-M/350-M 280
Gear Shift Sensor 200 Rotary Potentiometer RP 55 282
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86 284
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 200 Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308 286
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin 288
Knock Sensors 202 Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M 290
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H 292
Knock Sensor KS-P 202
Knock Sensor KS-R 204 Speed Sensors 294
Lambda Sensors 206 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 294

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 296
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 206 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M 299
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 209 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P 301
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D 212 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2 303
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 215 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P 305
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed 309
Linear Potentiometers 218 Inductive Speed Sensor IA 312
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C 315
Linear Potentiometer LP 10 218 Inductive Speed Sensor IS 317
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 220 Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C 319
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin 222 Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T 321
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 224
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin 226
Temperature Sensors 323
Linear Potentiometer LP 75 228
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F 230 Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS 323
Linear Potentiometer LP 100 232 Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H 325
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F 234 Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS 327
Linear Potentiometer LP 150 236 Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS 329
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 332
Pressure Sensors Air 238 Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H 334
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L 336
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B 238 Temperature Sensor PT 200E 338
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C 241 Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r/-s 340
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 244 Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s/-c 342
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 247
Pressure Sensor Air PSP 249
Thermocouple Probes 344
Pressure Sensor Air PST 251
Thermocouple Probe TCP K 344
Pressure Sensors Fluid 254 Thermocouple Probe TCP KA 346
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2 349
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 254
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 256
Vehicle Dynamics Sensors 351
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM 258
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S 260 Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2 351
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 262 Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3 353
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R 264 Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 355
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R 266 Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1 358
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R 268 Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 361
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260 270
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 272 Wire Potentiometers 364
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 275
Wire Potentiometer WP 35 364
Table of contents | 7
05 Brake Control 377 Simulation 428
ABS 378 LapSim 428
ABS M4 Kit 378 Analysis 430
WinDarab V7 430
06 Displays 381
Displays 382 Software Upgrades 432
Display DDU 7 382 CAN Bypass 432

Display DDU 8 384 MSD Partitioning 433
07 Data Logging Systems 387 09 Accessories 435

Data Loggers 388 Communication Interface 436
Data Logger C 50 388 MSA-Box II 436

Data Logger C 60 390
Upgrade USB 392 Connector Opening Tool 437
Connector Opening Tool for AS series 437

Lap Trigger Systems 394
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver 394 PowerBox 438

Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter 396
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver 397 PowerBox PBX 180 438
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter 398
Relay 442
Sensor Interfaces 399 Relay 25 A 442
CAN Module 399
Extended Module EM-LIN 401 Switches 444
Lambdatronic LT4 403
Modular Sensor Interface M 60 406 Switches 444
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter 408
Wiper Motor 445
Telemetry 411 Wiper Direct Actuator WDA 445
Online Telemetry System Overview 411
Telemetry Unit FM 40 413 Wiring Harnesses 449
Pit Receiver Box 414
Wiring Harnesses 449
Pit Receiver Package 415
Burst Telemetry System Overview 416
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F 418 10 Appendix 451
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F 419
General Information 452
Telemetry Accessories 420 General Information 452
FM 40 Tester 420
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load 421 Vibration Profiles 453
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band 422
Vibration Profile 1 453
Antenna Cable Kit 423
08 Software 425
Calibration 426
Modas Sport 426

RaceCon 427
8 | Table of contents
01 Engine Control Units 1
Gasoline Engine Control Units 10
Diesel Engine Control Units 32

10 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units
Gasoline Engine Control Units
Sport Line ECUs

1
Type Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport
GT3 Cup
Max. Cyl./bank 6/2 6/2 8[GDI 6]/2
Control strategy Alpha/n Alpha/n Alpha/n
Lambda ctrl Dual Dual Dual
Turbo boost ctrl - - Opt.
Knock ctrl Opt. + Opt.
El. Throttle ctrl Opt. + Opt.
Traction ctrl Opt. + Opt.
GDI support - - Opt.
Proposed logger C 50 C 50 C 50
Proposed display DDU 7 DDU 7 DDU 7
Performance Line ECUs
Type Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0 MS 5.1 MS 5.5 MS 5.2
Max. Cyl./bank 8/2 8/2 8/2 12/2
Control strategy Torque-structure based Torque structure based Torque structure based Torque structure based
Lambda ctrl Dual Dual Dual Dual
Turbo boost ctrl + + + +
Knock ctrl + + + +
El. Throttle ctrl + + + +
Traction ctrl + + + +
GDI support + + + +
Proposed logger C 60 C 60 Integrated 2 GB logger C 60
Proposed display DDU 8 DDU 8 DDU 8 DDU 8

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 11
Engine Control Units Sport

Line 1
The Sport Line introduces a simple and competitive

start in the world of engine control units from Bosch
Motorsport. In comparison with the Performance Line
ECUs from Bosch Motorsport, the Sport Line devices
have an optimized function range that make the initial
start-up process much simpler.
The Sport Line has three different hardware platforms
that vary in their amount of inputs/outputs and function-
ality that provide the optimal ECU to be selected for a
given project’s requirements. Additionally, each ECU in
the Sport Line can be tailored to support certain project
needs through various software options. To complete
the entire entry level system, Bosch Motorsport offers
the display unit DDU 7 and the external data logger
C 50.
Example for a typical Sport Line system
Depicted below is an example system layout for the
ECUs of the Sport Line. The ECU is calibrated with the
Modas Sport software. The communication interface
MSA-Box II connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU
via a CAN/K-Line link. The display DDU 7 is configured
over Ethernet with the software RaceCon. The ECU
sends the desired measured variables to the display/
logger via CAN interface or Ethernet. These variables
can be displayed for the driver or logged for analysis.
Downloading and analyzing the data is also accomplish-
ed over Ethernet with the WinDarab software.
Dimensions
1
Sport Line ECUs
Type Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport
GT3 Cup 1
Max. Cyl./bank 6/2 6/2 8[GDI 6]/2
Control strategy Alpha/n Alpha/n Alpha/n
Lambda ctrl Dual Dual Dual
Turbo boost ctrl - - Opt.
Knock ctrl Opt. + Opt.
El. Throttle ctrl Opt. + Opt.
Traction ctrl Opt. + Opt.
GDI support - - Opt.
Proposed logger C 50 C 50 C 50
Proposed display DDU 7 DDU 7 DDU 7

Engine Control Unit MS 3 Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration Vibration Profile 3 (see Appen-

1 Sport dix or www.bosch-motor-
sport.com)
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology
Size 120 x 90 x 40 mm
Weight 250 g
Temperature range -40 to 125°C
Electrical Data
Features
Max. power consumption 10 W at 14 V
u Full hybrid technology Power supply
u 6 injection output stages Full operation 9 to 16 V
u 6 ignition output stages Recommended 11 to 14 V
u 34 data inputs Inputs
The MS 3 Sport is the first Bosch engine management
2 lambda interfaces LSU
system to be manufactured with full hybrid technology.
Therefore it is very small, lightly and robust against vi- 4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
brations. The MS 3 Sport is suitable for engines with up
to 6 cylinders and has internal ignition output stages. 1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
Two sensor inputs are available for vibration knock de- 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
tection and knock control. Various engine parameters
can be measured with different input channels and 2 knock sensor inputs
transferred via CAN interface to an optional data logger
or dash display. Outputs
Application 6 injection power stages
6 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)

Engine layout Max. 6 cyl., 2 bank
8 power stages (2 A/1 A; low side; PWM)
Control strategy Alpha/n
2 power stages for lambda heater
Lambda control Dual
1 H-bridge (5 A)
Speed limiter
2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda Software

and spark maps.
Modas Sport Calibration Soft- Inclusive
Fuel cut off ware
Sequential fuel injection WinDarab Analysis Software On request
Asymmetric injection timing Optional Functionality

Asymmetric ignition timing Knock Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 053-01
Knock control Optional Electronic Throttle Control SW F 01T A20 051-01
upgrade
Electronic throttle control Optional
Traction control Optional
Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit

Traction Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 052-01
Variable Valve Timing VVT SW F 02U V00 395-01

upgrade 1
Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSA- F 02U V00 327-02

Box II
Data logger C 50 F 02U V01 164-01
Display DDU 7 F 02U V01 130-01
Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I D 261 205 139-01
Mating connector II D 261 205 140-01
Communication
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport

Please ask for more information before ordering.
Order number F 01T A20 067-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
SW Upgrade Knock Control

SW Upgrade El. Throttle Control

Engine Control Unit MS 3 Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels

1 Sport GT3 Cup dix or www.bosch-motor-
sport.com)
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology
Size 120 x 90 x 40 mm
Weight 250 g
Features Electrical Data

u Free and full access to the ECU
Power supply
u No wiring changes necessary
Full operation 9 to 16 V
u Support for 3rd party displays via CAN
Recommended 11 to 14 V
u Plug and play with base “safe” calibration
Inputs
u Pre-configured workbases for free Bosch Motor-
sport calibration tools 2 lambda interfaces LSU
The MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup Motorsports ECU enables you 4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
to optimize the software of Ex-Porsche GT3 Cup cars by 1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
getting full access to the ECU, allowing you to adapt it
to any engine hardware changes. The software offers ad- 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
ditional features and comes with a base calibration.
2 knock sensor inputs
Application
Outputs
Engine layout Max. 6 cyl., 2 bank 6 injection power stages
Control strategy Alpha/n 6 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)
Lambda control Dual 8 power stages (2 A/1 A; low side; PWM)
Speed limiter 2 power stages for lambda heater
Gear cut for sequential gear box 1 H-bridge (5 A)
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda 2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA
and spark maps.
Fuel cut off Software
Sequential fuel injection Modas Sport Calibration Soft- Inclusive

ware
Asymmetric injection timing
WinDarab Analysis Software On request
Asymmetric ignition timing
Knock control Inclusive
Electronic throttle control Inclusive
Box II
Traction control Inclusive
Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit
Mating connector II D 261 205 140-01 1

Communication
1 CAN interface
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup

Delivery with Porsche GT3 specific base calibration.
Order number F 02UV0U 082-01
Engine Control Unit Vibration damped circuit boards
Size 180 x 162 x 46 mm

1 MS 4 Sport
Weight 430 g
Electrical Data
Power supply
Full operation 10 to 18 V
Recommended 11 to 14 V
Inputs

Features 4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

u 8 injection output stages
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
u 8 ignition drivers
25 universal inputs 0 to 5 V
u 35 data inputs
2 knock sensor inputs
The MS 4 Sport is an engine management system for
high performance engines up to 8 cylinders. The system Outputs
contains 8 ignition drivers for external power stages and
8 independent injection power stages. Two independent 8 injection power stages
wide range lambda circuits allow lambda closed loop
8 ignition drivers
engine control. There are also versions for Turbo and
GDI engines as well as for Turbo GDI engines available. 10 power stages (2,7 A/0,6 A; low side; PWM)
Various engine parameters can be measured with differ-
ent input channels and transferred via CAN interface to 2 power stages for lambda heater
an optional data logger. 1 H-bridge (5 A)
Application 2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA
Control strategy Alpha/n Software

Lambda control Dual Modas Sport Calibration Soft- Inclusive
ware
Speed limiter
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda Optional Functionality
and spark maps.
Advanced Turbo boost control F 02U V00 781-01
Fuel cut off
Knock control SW upgrade F 01T A20 053-01
Turbo boost control
Electronic throttle control SW F 01T A20 051-01
Asymmetric injection timing upgrade
Asymmetric ignition timing Electronic throttle control incl. F 02U V00 780-01
shift down (Blipper) SW up-
Ignition trigger wheels Support of 60-2 and 36-2 grade, also compatible to MEGA-
Line gear box control
dix or www.bosch-motor- Traction control SW upgrade F 01T A20 052-01
sport.com)
Variable Valve Timing VVT SW F 02U V00 395-01
upgrade
Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filtered


Box II
1
Injection power stage unit HPI 5 F 02U V00 929-01
HP fuel pump HDP 5 Diff. variations available
Mating connector II D 261 205 345-01
Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recom-

mend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming in-
terface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.
Communication
2 CAN interfaces for external communication
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport

Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport GDI

Only in combination with HPI 5
Order number F 02U V01 138-01
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport Turbo

Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport Turbo GDI

Only in combination with HPI 5
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport Motorcycle

Software Options
SW Upgrade Knock Control

SW Upgrade El. Throttle Control

SW Upgrade Advanced Turbo Control

SW Upgrade Variable Valve Timing

SW Upgrade ETC & Blipper

MS 4 Sport Variations
Type Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit
1 MS 4 Sport MS 4 Sport GDI MS 4 Sport Turbo MS 4 Sport Turbo
GDI
MS 4 Sport Motorcy-
cle
Max. Cyl./bank 8/2 6/2 8/2 6/2 4/2
GDI support - + - + -
ABS M4 interface + + + + -
Turbo boost ctrl - - + + -
Advanced turbo - - - Opt. Opt.

boost ctrl
Knock ctrl Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. -
El. Throttle ctrl Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. -
El. Throttle ctrl incl. Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. -

shift down (Blipper)
Traction ctrl Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. -
Var. valve timing Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. -

Engine Control Units

Performance Line 1
The ECUs of the Performance Line offers individual solu-

tions for various motorsport applications. All MS 5 ECUs
utilize a new software development process based on
MATLAB® & Simulink® to significantly speed algorithm
development. They also feature a high-end FPGA (Field
Programmable Gate Array) for fast signal processing and
flexible signal control. A PowerPC enables highly sophis-
ticated control algorithms. Consistent software struc-
ture guarantees easy recognition of all software labels
and functions across the complete ECU Performance
Line. It is completed by use of the DDU 8 display and
the C 60 external data logger.
The ECUs in the Performance Line use torque as the
central variable for coordinating all requests (i.e. en-
gine/vehicle speed limiter, traction control, etc.). The
actual engine torque value is determined from the cor-
recting variables (air charge, ignition angle, and/or cylin-
der reduction via fuel cut) by means of a torque model.
This is then compared to the desired engine torque val-
ue to determine if any modification of the engine torque
is needed. This results in a precise and adaptable con-
trol of the engine.
Example for a typical Performance Line system
Depicted below you see an example system layout for
the Performance Line. The ECU is calibrated with the
software Modas Sport. The communication interface
MSA-Box II connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU
via a CAN/Ethernet link. DDU 8 display and C 60 data
logger are configured over Ethernet with the software
RaceCon. The logger and the ECU communicate over
Ethernet. Downloading and analyzing the data is accom-
plished with the data analysis software WinDarab. The
data can be also transmitted over burst or online tele-
metry.
Dimensions
1
Performance Line ECUs
Type Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0 MS 5.1 MS 5.5 MS 5.2 1
Max. Cyl./bank 8/2 8/2 8/2 12/2
Control strategy Torque-structure based Torque structure based Torque structure based Torque structure based
Lambda ctrl Dual Dual Dual Dual
Turbo boost ctrl + + + +
Knock ctrl + + + +
El. Throttle ctrl + + + +
Traction ctrl + + + +
GDI support + + + +
Proposed logger C 60 C 60 Integrated 2 GB logger C 60
Proposed display DDU 8 DDU 8 DDU 8 DDU 8

Engine Control Unit MS 5.0 Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appen-

1 dix or www.bosch-motor-
sport.com)
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 high pin density motorsport connectors
132 pins, each pin individually filtered
Vibration damped circuit boards
Size 140 x 109 x 40.5 mm
Weight 650 g
Features Protection Classification IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,

Issue 2008
u 8 injection output stages Temp. range (at internal sen- -20 to 85°C
sors)
u 8 ignition output stages
Electrical Data
u 51 data inputs
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads) 9 W at 14 V
The MS 5.0 engine control unit manages gasoline en-
gines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, Power supply
it features a powerful digital processing core with float-
Full operation 6.5 to 18 V
ing point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a Recommended 11 to 14 V
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm develop- Absolute maximum 6 to 24 V
ment by using automatic code and documentation gen-
eration. Custom functions can be quickly and easily gen- Inputs
erated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.0 2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis config-
urations. 2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
Application 1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
Control strategy Torque-structure based
32 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
Lambda control With adaptation function
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
Speed limiter to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
Gear cut for sequential gear box 2 inputs for vibration knock sensors
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda 1 lap trigger input
and spark maps.
Fuel cut off Outputs
Turbo boost control 8 injection power stages
Knock control 8 ignition power stages (up to 10 A)
Electronic throttle control 12 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
Traction control 2 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
Sequential fuel injection 1 H-bridge (5 A)
Asymmetric injection timing 2 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
Asymmetric ignition timing 1 time based synch-in/out
Calibration interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Software

ware
1

Box II
Mating connector blue F 02U 000 474-01

AS 6-18-35 SB
Mating connector red F 02U 000 472-01

AS 6-18-35 SN
Installation Notes

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
2 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0


sport.com)
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Vibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards
Size 180 x 155 x 40 mm
Weight 1,060 g
Features Protection Classification IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008
u 8 injection output stages Temp. range (at internal sen- -20 to 85°C
u 8 ignition output stages sors)
u 59 data inputs Electrical Data
The MS 5.1 engine control unit manages gasoline en- Power cons. (w/o loads) Approx. 9 W at 14 V
gines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
Power supply
ing point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate Operating range 6.5 to 18 V
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/ Recommended 11 to 14 V
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm develop-
Absolute maximum 6 to 24 V
eration. Custom functions can be quickly and easily gen- Inputs
erated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.1
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis config- 2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
urations.
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
Application
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Engine layout Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank 1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Control strategy Torque-structure based 2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Lambda control With adaptation function 4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
Speed limiter 38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
Gear cut for sequential gear box 4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps. 4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
Fuel cut off 1 lap trigger input
Turbo boost control Outputs
Knock control
8 injection power stages (peak & hold)
Electronic throttle control
8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
Traction control
20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
Sequential fuel injection
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
Asymmetric injection timing Optional
2 H-bridges (5 A)
Asymmetric ignition timing Optional
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time base reference synch-in/out 1

Software

ware

Box II
Mating connector yellow F 02U 000 467-01

AS 6-16-35 SA

AS 6-16-35 SB

AS 6-16-35 SN
Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

Communication
1 x RS232 serial interface
1 x LIN interface

Engine Control Unit MS 5.5 Asymmetric ignition timing Optional

1 Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Internal logger 2 GB

dix or www.bosch-motor-
sport.com)
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing

Features Vibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards
Size 180 x 155 x 40 mm

u Internal 2 GB datalogger
Protection Classification IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
u 8 injection output stages Issue 2008
u 8 ignition output stages Weight (approx.) 1,270 g
u 59 data inputs Temp. range (at internal sen- -20 to 65°C
sors)
gines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, Electrical Data
ing point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate Approx. power cons. (w/o loads) 13 W at 14 V
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/ Power Supply
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm develop- Full operation 6.5 to 18 V
eration. Custom functions can be quickly and easily gen- Recommended 11 to 14 V
erated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.5
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis config- Absolute maximum 6 to 24 V
urations.
Inputs
The MS 5.5 has an internal 2 GB logger, presenting a
cost efficient and weight optimized all-in-one solution. 2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
Application 2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
Engine layout Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank 1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Control strategy Torque-structure based 1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Lambda control With adaptation function 2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Speed limiter 4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)
Gear cut for sequential gear box 38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda 4 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
and spark maps. to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
Fuel cut off 4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
Turbo boost control 1 lap trigger input
Knock control Outputs
Electronic throttle control 8 injection power stages

Traction control 8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
Sequential fuel injection 20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
Asymmetric injection timing Optional 4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA 1

1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time based synch-in/out
Software

ware

Box II

AS 6-16-35 SA

AS 6-16-35 SB

AS 6-16-35 SN
Installation Notes

Communication
1 x LIN interface


sport.com)
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Vibration resistant circuit board mounting
Size 200 x 170 x 36.5 mm
Features Weight (approx.) 1,260 g

u 12 injection output stages Issue 2008
u 12 ignition output stages Temp. range (at internal sen- -20 to 85°C
sors)
u 78 data inputs
Electrical Data
gines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 fami- Power cons. (w/o loads) Approx. 10 W at 14 V
ly, it features a powerful digital processing core with
Power supply
floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ulti-
mate performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family uti- Operating range 6.5 to 18 V
lizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm Recommended 11 to 14 V
development by using automatic code and documenta- Absolute maximum 6 to24 V
tion generation. Custom functions can be quickly and
easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows Inputs
the MS 5.2 to support complex or unusual engine or
chassis configurations. 2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
Application 2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Control strategy Torque-structure based
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Lambda control With adaptation function
4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)
Speed limiter
2 gearbox speed sensor (Inductive or Hall-effect)
45 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps. 14 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering
up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
Fuel cut off
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
Turbo boost control
1 lap trigger input
Knock control
Electronic throttle control Outputs
Traction control 12 injection power stages (Peak & hold)
Sequential fuel injection 12 ignition power stages (Up to 20 A)
Asymmetric injection timing Optional 16 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
Asymmetric ignition timing Optional 4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
Calibration interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet 4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals 1

12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA)
1 time base reference synch-in/out
Software

ware

Box II

AS 6-16-35 SA

AS 6-16-35 SB
Mating connector orange F 02U 000 469-01

AS 6-16-35 SC

AS 6-16-35 SN
Installation Notes

Communication

32 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units
Diesel ECUs
Type Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 Engine Control Unit MS 12
1
Max. Cyl. 8 6 12
Injector types Solenoid injectors Piezo injectors Piezo injectors
Control strategy Quantity based Quantity based Quantity based
Injections Max. 5 Max. 4 Max. 4
Inputs/Outputs 60/32 60/30 75/52
Turbo boost control system Single or twin turbo Single or twin turbo Single or twin turbo
Lambda measurement + + +
Traction control system Optional Optional +
Weight 1,780 g 1,780 g 2,500 g

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 33
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 8 housing fixation points
Size 210 x 199 x 36 mm
Protection Classification IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9, 1

Issue 2008
Weight 1,780 g
Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj. Approx. 5 W at 14 V
Power consumption Approx. 140 W at 14 V
Inputs
2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
Features 2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
u For solenoid injectors
u 60 data inputs
The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 8
3 system inputs 0 to 5 V
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid in-
jectors. 13 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, fixed pull-up
Application 27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up
3 digital inputs
Engines with the following num- 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, < 3 on request
bers of cylinders are supported:
Outputs
Injector type Solenoid injectors
8 injection power stages
Control strategy Quantity based
12 power stages (low side)
Injection timing 2 pilot injections
2 main injections 2 power stages for lambda heater
1 post injection 2 H-bridges
Turbo boost control Single or Bi-Turbo 2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use
Lambda measurement 3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA
Traction control Optional 3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA
Speed limiter
Software
Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter ware
Optional function packages available WinDarab Analysis Software On request
Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Optional Functionality
Max. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appen-
Traction control SW upgrade F 02U V00 778-01
sport.com) Chassis SW upgrade F 02U V00 779-01
Technical Specifications Two bank hydraulic control SW F 02U V00 949-01

upgrade
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density, Box II
187 pins

1 Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I F 02U 000 466-01

AS 6-16-35 SN
Mating connector II F 02U 000 468-01

AS 6-16-35 SB
Mating connector III F 02U 000 469-01

AS 6-16-35 SC
Mating connector IV F 02U 000 445-01

AS 6-12-35 SD
Installation Notes

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Software Options
SW Upgrade Chassis
SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 8 housing fixation points
Size 210 x 199 x 36 mm
Protection Classification IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9, 1

Issue 2008
Weight 1,780 g
Electrical Data
Power consumption Approx. 140 W at 14 V
Inputs
2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
Features 2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
u For Piezo injectors
u 60 data inputs
The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6
3 system inputs 0 to 5 V
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch Piezo injec-
tors. 13 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, fixed pull-up
Application 27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up
3 digital inputs
Engines with the following num- 3, 4, 5 ,6, < 3 on request
bers of cylinders are supported:
Outputs
Injector type Piezo injectors
6 injection power stages
Control strategy Quantity based
12 power stages (low side)
Injection timing 2 pilot injections
1 main injection 2 power stages for lambda heater
1 post injection 2 H-bridges
Turbo boost control Single or Bi-Turbo 2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use
Lambda measurement 3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA
Traction control Optional 3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA
Speed limiter
Software
Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter ware
Optional function packages available WinDarab Analysis Software On request
Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade F 02U V00 778-01
sport.com) Chassis SW upgrade F 02U V00 779-01
Technical Specifications Two bank hydraulic control SW F 02U V00 949-01

upgrade
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density, Box II
187 pins
Display DDU 7 F 02U V01 130-01 Ordering Information
Display DDU 8 F 02U V00 873-05 Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

1 Mating connectors (not included)
Software Options
Mating connector I F 02U 000 467-01 SW Upgrade Traction Control
AS 6-16-35 SA Order number F 02U V00 778-01
SW Upgrade Chassis
AS 6-16-35 SB
AS 6-16-35 SC SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
AS 6-12-35 SD
Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between

cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressure

during injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU accord-

ing to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage de-

mand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.
Installation Notes

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)

Engine Control Unit MS 12 Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing 1
5 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density, 242
pins
Each connector individually filtered.
8 housing fixation points
Size 240 x 200 x 57 mm

Issue 2008
Weight 2,500 g

Features
Electrical Data
u For piezo injectors
Power consumption at 6,500 Max. 160 W at 14 V
u 78 data inputs rpm
The MS 12 is the high-end ECU for Diesel engines. This Inputs

ECU offers 12 Piezo injection power stages for use in up
to a 12 cylinder engine. Various engine and chassis pa- 6 inputs for thermocouple sensors (e.g. exhaust gas temperature)
rameters can be measured with a high number of input
channels. All measured data can be transferred via Fire-
Wire interface to an optional flash card data logger. 4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
Gear box control strategies are optional.
2 gear box speeds
Application
Engine layout Max. 12 cyl. 2 inputs for inductive crankshaft sensor
Injector type Piezo injectors 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
Control strategy Quantity based 3 system inputs 0 to 5 V
Injection timing 2 pilot injections 16 PT1000
1 main injection
1 post injection 32 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up
Turbo boost control (incl. VTG) Single or Twin-Turbo 3 digital inputs
Lambda measurement 2 LVDT sensor interfaces
Traction control 1 SSI interface
Launch control Outputs

Gear cut for sequential gearbox 12 injection power stages
Gearbox control 24 power stages low side
Speed limiter 2 power stages for lambda heater
Optional function packages available 6 H-bridges
Interface to Bosch Data Logging System 2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use
Max. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appen- 3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA
sport.com) 3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA or 10 V/100 mA
Software

Environment (not included) Communication

Box II 2 K-line serial interfaces
1 5 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use, switchable CAN
load resistor)
Engine Control Unit MS 12
Mating connector I F 02U 000 473-01 Order number on request
AS 6-18-35 SA

AS 6-18-35 SB

AS 6-18-35 SC

AS 6-18-35 SN
Mating connector V F 02U 000 445-01

AS 6-12-35 SD
Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between

cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressure

during injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU accord-

ing to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage de-

mand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage set point.
Installation Notes

02 Injection and Ignition 2
Diesel System Components 40
Electronic Throttle Body 43
Fuel Pressure Regulators 46
Fuel Pumps 61
HP Injection Power Stages 75
Ignition Coils 81
Ignition Modules 149
Injection Valves 155

40 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components
• If it is originally equipped with Bosch components:

Diesel System Components the part numbers of the Bosch components
• Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer part
number of the original injection system.
Notice
2 If your engine is originally equipped with Bosch
components, modifications will be easier than
replacing third party components.
Notice
We reserve the right to assess a fee for applica-
tions where the component specification re-
quires an extraordinary amount of time.
Features
u Modification of Common Rail systems
u Different modification levels available
u All hydraulic parts available

The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine com-
ponents are more dependent upon the application than
those for gasoline engines. A single injector design will
not fit all Diesel engines due to varying mechanical and
nozzle geometry requirements. In addition, the injection
system can vary from year to year even within the same
make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same Common Rail technol-
ogy for racing that was developed for production vehicle
applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic)
technology and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifica-
tions to fit the system to your specifications. These
modifications include:
• Definition of suitable base components from other
(or larger) engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orien-
tation to suit the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number of
holes, spray cone angle etc.).
Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and per-
formance for your application. This is why we offer dif-
ferent levels of modifications to choose from. Below is
an example of the different levels for a 4-cylinder engine
with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump and a single fuel
rail:
Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on our Diesel

components, please have the following information
ready so that we may best determine components re-
quired for your application:
• The base engine / the car where this engine original-
ly is installed
• Model year and type of car / engine
• The base output level and the desired output level
for the engine
02 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components | 41
Dimensions
Common Rail CP1H, CP3, CP4

Pumps
Rails Max. 6 cyl./bank
Pressure Sensors RDS Max. 2,400 bar
Injectors CRI 2 (Solenoid),

CRI 3 (Piezo)
Pressure Control DRV Max. 2,400 bar

Valves
42 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components
1st Level 2nd Level 3rd Level
2 Description Series components with minor Series components with modifica- Components manufactured com-
modifications (e.g. series compo- tions (e.g. modified injector body pletely to your specification (e.g.
nents from a bigger engine plus with sample nozzle) heavily modified series compo-
series injector with sample nozzle) nents or new products)
Functioning Solenoid Piezo Piezo or Solenoid
Injectors 4 x 650.00 € 4 x 2,100.00 € On request (Prices will be finalized

in your personal offer once part
High pressure pump 1,250.00 € 3,000.00 € numbers are defined)
Fuel rail Approx. 500.00 € Approx. 1,000.00 €
System price 4,350.00 € 12,400.00 €
Bosch Motorsport does not manufacture high pressure fuel lines, but we can assist you in finding a company that can build high pressure lines for your
application.
02 Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body | 43
Electrical Data
Electronic Throttle Body
Supply voltage 6 to 16 V
Supply voltage sensor 5 ± 0.2 V
Max. allowed generator current <10.0 A
Characteristic 2
Output signal I 0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°
Output signal II 5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°
Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-

quest.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
For correct mounting please respect the hints on the next page
“Mounting position”.
Features
The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC function-
ality.
u Many bore diameters available
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
u Throttle position sensor is redundant page.
u For flex-fuel, CNG, LPG Two redundant sensors control the up to date throttle position.
u Idle default position All ETBs have an idle air position.
The throttle body is designed to control the fresh air of Ordering Information
spark ignition engines in combination with an electronic
throttle control system. ETB applications with flex-fuel, Electronic Throttle Body 32 mm
CNG and LPG are permissible if injected in the air flow Order number 0 280 750 148
after the throttle body.
A typical ETC system includes the following compo- Electronic Throttle Body 40 mm
nents: electronic throttle body, accelerator pedal mod- Order number 0 280 750 149
ule and electronic control unit.
Electronic Throttle Body 46 mm
You will find the available bore diameters in the varia-
tions table.
Application
Order number 0 280 Y05 107-10
Temperature range -40 to 140°C Electronic Throttle Body 52 mm
Max. vibration 50 to 250 m/s at 50 Hz to 2 kHz
2 Order number F 02U V01 184-01

Technical Specifications Order number 0 280 750 150
Mechanical Data Electronic Throttle Body 60 mm
Available bore diameters 32 mm Order number 0 280 750 151
40 mm
46 mm Electronic Throttle Body 68 mm
50 mm Order number 0 280 750 003
52 mm
54 mm Electronic Throttle Body 82 mm
60 mm Order number 0 280 750 101
68 mm
82 mm
44 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body
Dimensions
Mounting position
2
02 Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body | 45
Variations
Order number 0 280 750 148 0 280 750 149 F 02U V01 171-01 0 280 Y05 107-10 F 02U V01 184-01
Bore diameter (mm) 32 40 46 50 52 2

Connector D 261 205 358-01 D 261 205 358-01 D 261 205 356-01 D 261 205 356-01 D 261 205 356-01
Pin 1 A Motor - Motor - Poti 1 Poti 1 Poti 1
Pin 2 B Poti - Poti - Poti - Poti - Poti -
Pin 3 C Poti + Poti + Motor - Motor - Motor -
Pin 4 D Motor + Motor + Poti 2 Poti 2 Poti 2
Pin 5 E Poti 2 Poti 2 Motor + Motor + Motor +
Pin 6 F Poti 1 Poti 1 Poti + Poti + Poti +
Flange diameter 40 50 58 58 58
(mm)
Weight (kg) 0,9 0,9 0,95 0,95 0,95
Max. air flow rate* 394 kg/h at 85° angle 695 kg/h at 85° angle 978 kg/h at 85° angle Not specified Not specified
Opening direction ** counterclockwise counterclockwise clockwise counterclockwise clockwise
Order number 0 280 750 150 0 280 750 151 0 280 750 003 0 280 750 101
Bore diameter (mm) 54 60 68 82
Connector D 261 205 358-01 D 261 205 358-01 D 261 205 356-01 D 261 205 358-01
Pin 1 A Motor - Motor - Poti 1 Motor -
Pin 2 B Poti - Poti - Poti + Poti -
Pin 3 C Poti + Poti + Motor + Poti +
Pin 4 D Motor + Motor + Poti 2 Motor +
Pin 5 E Poti 2 Poti 2 Motor - Poti 2
Pin 6 F Poti 1 Poti 1 Poti - Poti 1
Flange diameter 70 68,5 75 90

(mm)
Weight (kg) 0,95 0,95 1,1 1,1
Max. air flow rate* Not specified Not specified Not specified Not specified
Opening direction ** counterclockwise counterclockwise counterclockwise counterclockwise

* ambient conditions: Air pressure p=1000 mbar, Differential pressure ∆p=600 mbar ±25 mbar, rel. humidity rF=40 %, Air
temperature T=24°C
** Opening direction is related to view A. See drawings on bottom of chapter “Dimensions”.
46 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators
Mechanical Data
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/
Diameter 37.9 mm
Mini M
Weight 60 g
Mounting Fastening with a clip

2 Connectors and Wires
Connector supply Diam. 25 mm, O-ring
Connector reflow Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring
Installation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the O-

rings must be tested for fractures.
Features Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.
u 5 to 10 bar Using the FPR Adaptor F 02U V00 735-01 you can rebuild the regula-
tor an inline type.
u Methanol version available from 6 to 10 bar
u 30 to 400 l/h reflow
Standard version 5 bar
u Adjusted at 105 l/h
Order number B 261 208 105-02
u Aluminum housing
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant Order number B 261 208 106-01
fuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as for metha- Standard version 7 bar
nol applications. Order number B 261 208 107-01
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in compari-
son to the production type regulators.
Application
Pressure range See ordering information Methanol version 6 bar
Reflow quantity 30 to 400 l/h Order number B 261 208 121-01
Fuel compatibility Mini Gasoline, E85, M22 Methanol version 8 bar

Fuel compatibility Mini M Gasoline, E85, M100
Methanol version 10 bar
Operating temperature -40 to 120°C
Storage temperature -40 to 100°C Accessories
Max. vibration <600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz FPR Adaptor
Variations
Please see Ordering Information

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 47
Dimensions
2
Installation Recommendation
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A Installation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference

pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.

2

Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline

is not allowed.
Features
u 2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 bar 2.2 to 3.5 bar

u Pressure adjustable
3.5 to 5 bar
u 15 to 220 l/h reflow Order number B 280 550 341-03
u Sheet steel housing Accessories
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant FPR Adaptor
fuel pressure at the injection valves. Order number F 02U V00 735-01
This regulator based on a production type regulator was
specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustability of
the fuel pressure.
Application
Pressure range 2.2 to 3.5 bar

3.5 to 5.0 bar
Reflow quantity 15 to 220 l/h
Reference pressure connector Diam. 5 mm, tube connector
Fuel compatibility Gasoline, E85, M15
Storage temperature -40 to 100°C
Max. vibration <400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz
Mechanical Data
Diameter 34.9 mm
Weight 58 g

Dimensions

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini
38
Installation Notes
2


is not allowed.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38

Features
Order number 0 280 160 616
Accessories
u 3.8 bar
FPR Adaptor
u 15 to 220 l/h reflow Order number F 02U V00 735-01
u Sheet steel housing

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant
This production type fuel pressure regulator is designed
for the integration into the full rail.
The main benefits of this regulator include the competi-
tively priced high quality and a high return flow rate.
Application
Pressure range 3.8 bar
Fuel compatibility Gasoline, E10
Mechanical Data
Diameter 34.9 mm
Weight 48 g
Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy ±2 % at 105 l/h

Dimensions
2

Installation Notes
2


is not allowed.
Features Ordering Information

u 5 bar Order number 0 280 B02 722-02
u 15 to 220 l/h reflow Accessories

FPR Adaptor
u Sheet steel housing
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant
We modified this production type based regulator espe-
cially for motorsport use and increased the pressure lev-
el.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competi-
tively priced high quality and the high return flow rate.
Application
Pressure range 5 bar
Fuel compatibility Gasoline, E85, M15
Mechanical Data
Diameter 34.9 mm
Weight 48.5 g
Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy ±2 % at 105 l/h

Dimensions
2
FPR Adaptor
Features
u Aluminum housing
u Fits to production type regulators and Motorsport

regulators (FPR Mini, Mini 38, Mini 5, Mini A)
This adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a rail
pressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator. The
adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator as
well as a motorsport regulator. Delivery without regula-
tor.
Application
Fuel compatibility Gasoline, E85/M100
Operating temperature range -40 to 120°C
Storage temperature range -40 to 100°C
Max. vibration <600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz
Mechanical Data
Diameter 50 mm
Length 100 mm
Weight 170 g
Mounting Screw fastening with M6 screws
Connector supply 2 x M14 x 1.5
Connector reflow M14 x 1.5
FPR Adaptor
Dimensions
2
HP Control Valve DSV
Features
u Working range 10 to 200 bar
u Aluminum housing
The DSV is specially designed for regulation of pressure
in the common rail of high pressure injection systems.
Application
Pressure range 10 to 200 bar
Flow quantity Max. 220 l/h
Max. temperature of location 140°C (max. 5 min)
Mechanical Data
Weight 135 g
Size 32 x 54 x 56 mm
Housing Aluminum
Electrical Data
Operating voltage 6.5 to 18 V
Operation current Imax = 2.2 A
Connector Please see Ordering Information

Connector ASL 1-06-05SB-HE

Without connector
Dimensions
2
02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 61
Electrical Data
Fuel Pump FP 100
Supply voltage 6 to 16.5 V
Operating voltage 13.8 V
Load current at 5 bar and 22°C 6.0 ± 0.5 A
Characteristic 2
Surface coating None
Color Silver
Non-return valve External
Fuel filtering External, on pressure side
Features
u >100 l/h
u 725 g
u Max. 5 bar
u Fuel line screwed

The FP 100 is an inline roller cell pump for the installa-
tion outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 100 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel can
be delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime).
The main benefit of the FP 100 over a production type
pump is the high delivery rate.
Application
Fuel pressure 5 bar Connectors and Wires
Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C 118 ± 3 l/h at 14 V Electrical connector +M4/-M5
Pressure limiting valve 7 to 12.5 bar rel. Electrical matting connector With ring wire M4 and M5
Fuel compatibility E85 Mechanical connector intake M16x1.5

side
Mechanical connector pressure M12x1.5
Storage temperature range -40 to 70°C side
Max. vibration 3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz
≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz Installation Notes
Technical Specifications With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.

Mechanical Data
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Diameter 54 mm
Length 185 mm page.
Weight 725 g
Mounting Clamping
Fuel Pump FP 100
Order number Y 580 701 456-03
62 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps
Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Fuel Pump FP 165
Load current at 5 bar and 22°C 11.0 ± 2 A
Characteristic 2
Color Silver
Non-return valve Internal
Features
u >165 l/h
u 980 g
u Max. 5 bar
u Fuel lines screwed

tion outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel can
be delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining
good quality at a low price.
Application
Fuel pressure 5 bar Connectors and Wires

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C 205 ± 5 l/h at 14 V Electrical connector +M4/-M5
Pressure limiting valve 7 to 12.5 bar rel. Electrical matting connector with ring wire M4 and M5
Fuel compatibility E85 Mechanical connector intake M14x1.5
side
side
≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz Installation Notes
Technical Specifications With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
Mechanical Data For technical reasons the values may vary.
Diameter 60 mm Please use within the specified limit values only.
Length 168 mm Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Weight 980 g
Mounting Clamping
Fuel Pump FP 165
Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Fuel Pump FP 200
Load current at 5 bar and 22°C 14 ± 1 A
Load current at 8 bar and 22°C 15 ± 1 A 2

Characteristic
Color Silver
Non-return valve External
Features
u >200 l/h
u 1,030 g
u Max. 5 bar/8 bar

tion outside or inside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 5 bar (8 bar). Bio-
fuel can be delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 200 is one of the most popular aftermarket fuel
pumps and has an excellent price.
Application
Fuel pressure 5 bar or 8 bar
Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C 260 ± 5 l/h at 14 V
Pressure limiting valve 10 to 12.5 bar rel.
Fuel compatibility E85
≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz
Mechanical Data
Diameter 60 mm
Length 196 mm
Weight 1,030 g
Mounting Clamping
Electrical connector +M6/-M5
Electrical matting connector With ring wire M6 and M5
Mechanical connector intake M18x1.5

2 side

side
Installation Notes
With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
page.
Fuel Pump FP 200, 5 bar

Fuel Pump FP 200, 8 bar

Dimensions
Electrical Data
Fuel Pump FP 300
Characteristic 2
Surface coating Anodized
Color Red
Fuel filtering Internal
Features
u >300 l/h
u 714 g
u Max. 8 bar

The FP 300 represents the next generation of low-pres-
sure inline fuel pumps. The internals in the pump are de-
signed specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel deliveries from modified rotor design, as
well as an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of
the advantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline, Diesel and Bio-fuels.
Application
Fuel pressure 8 bar
Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C 340 ± 5 l/h at 14 V Connectors and Wires
Pressure limiting valve 8.5 bar rel. Electrical connector +M6/-M5
Fuel compatibility Gasoline E85/M100 Electrical matting connector with ring wire M6 and M5
Diesel
Mech. connector intake side M18x1.5
Mech. connector pressure side M12x1.5
Max. vibration 3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz Installation Notes

≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz
Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.
With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.
Mechanical Data
Diameter 50 mm Please use within the specified limit values only.
Length 174 mm Please flush the pump with gasoline after use with Methanol fuel.
Weight FP 300 714 g Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
Mounting Clamping page.
Fuel Pump FP 300

Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Fuel Pump FP 300L
Characteristic 2
Surface coating Anodized
Color Red
Fuel filtering Internal
Features
u >300 l/h
u 670 g
u Max. 8 bar

The FP 300L represents the next generation of low-pres-
sure inline fuel pumps. The internals of the pump are
designed specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel delivery from modified rotor design, as well
as an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of the ad-
vantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline, Diesel and Bio-fuels.
The FP 300L has further weight reduction measures.
Application
Fuel pressure 8 bar

Electrical connector +M6/-M5
Pressure limiting valve 8.5 bar rel.
Electrical matting connector with ring wire M6 and M5
Fuel compatibility Gasoline E85/M100
Diesel Mech. connector intake side M18x1.5
Operating temperature range -20 to 90°C Mech. connector pressure side M12x1.5
Installation Notes
≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.
With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data
Diameter 50 mm
Please flush the pump with gasoline after use with methanol fuel.
Length 174 mm
Weight 670 g page.
Mounting Clamping
Fuel Pump FP 300L

Dimensions
2
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/- Technical Specifications
Variations
FCV HP
Model Max. pressure Connector
HDP 5-FCV 200 bar Compact
HDP 5-FCV 200 bar Motorsports

2
HDP 5-FCV HP Over 200 bar Compact
HDP 5-FCV HP Over 200 bar Motorsports
Mechanical Data
Theoretical fuel delivery 0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam
Nominal pressure Please see variations
Weight Approx. 780 g
Max. speed at pump driveshaft Depends on cam profile and type

of tappet
Supply pressure 4 to 7 bar
Features Storage temperature -40 to 70°C
Compatible fuels Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

u 200 bar or more
Fuel temperature 80°C, short term 130°C
u Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam
Max. vibration 600 m/s2
u Integrated control valve
u 780 g
Electrical connector compact D 261 205 359-01
The HDP 5 FCV is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume Electrical connector motorsports F 02U 000 426-01
as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport ap-
plications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes side
and cam lifts allow different flow requirements to be ad-
dressed. Mechanical connector pressure M14x1.5
We offer two variations of the HDP 5 FCV: one is equip- side
ped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the
maximum fuel pressure (HDP 5-FCV). This variation does Installation Notes
not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The other variation (HDP 5-FCV HP) is not equipped Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
with an internal pressure relief valve and therefore re-
quires a pressure regulation valve in the common rail to Available cam profiles on request.
avoid overload pressure. Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends
Both variations have an integrated demand control for on cam profile and type of tappet.
metering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pres-
sure fuel system. Both variations can be ordered with a Ordering Information
compact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuel HDP 5-FCV
consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend differ- Compact connector, max. 200 bar
ent types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles. Order number F 02U V00 912-01
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet. HDP 5-FCV
Motorsports connector, max. 200 bar
Application Order number F 02U V01 114-01
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection HDP 5-FCV HP
Compact connector, over 200 bar
HDP 5-FCV HP
Motorsports connector, over 200 bar
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Roller tappet (26 mm)

2
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD Fuel temperature 80°C, short term 130°C

side 2
side
Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends

on cam profile and type of tappet.
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD

Features Order number 0 261 B11 223-03
Accessories
u Max. 200 bar Flat tappet (26 mm)
u Max. 1.1 cm /rotcam
3
Roller tappet (26 mm)

u 780 g Order number F 02U V01 163-01
The HDP 5-FD is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery. Varia-
tions in the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow dif-
ferent flow requirements to be addressed.
This type of high pressure fuel pump is not equipped
with an internal pressure relief valve and therefore rec-
ommends a pressure regulation valve in the common rail
to control the rail pressure and to avoid overload pres-
sure.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuel
consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend differ-
ent types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.
Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection
Mechanical Data
Theoretical fuel delivery 0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam (typical)
Nominal pressure Max. 200 bar
Weight Approx. 780 g

of tappet

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW HDP 5-LW Customer specific Compact
HDP 5-LW Customer specific Motorsports
Mechanical Data
Theoretical fuel delivery 0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam

2
Nominal pressure Max. 500 bar
PRV Please see Variations
Weight 585 g without wire

of tappet
Fuel temperature 80°C, short term 130°C

Features Max. vibration 600 m/s2
u Max. 500 bar Connectors and Wires
u Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam Electrical connector compact D 261 205 359-01
Electrical connector motorsports F 02U 000 426-01

u Integrated control valve
u 585 g side
u Internal Pressure Relief Valve PRV Mechanical connector pressure M14x1.5
side
The HDP 5-LW is a compact high pressure single piston
pump with a light weight housing. The design allows
achieving a big delivery volume as well as high efficien- Installation Notes
cy, as needed in motorsport applications. Modifications
in the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
flow requirements to be addressed. Available cam profiles on request.
The HDP 5-LW is equipped with an internal pressure re-
lief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. This pump Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends
does not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank. on cam profile and type of tappet.
The pump has an integrated demand control for meter-
ing the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure Ordering Information
fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector
or a motorsports connector. HDP 5-LW
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuel Compact connector, max 500 bar, PRV 600 bar
consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend differ- Order number 0 261 B19 274-02
ent types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft HDP 5-LW
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet. Motorsports connector, max. 500 bar, PRV 600 bar
Order number on request
Application
HDP 5-LW
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection Compact connector, PRV customer specific
Technical Specifications HDP 5-LW
Variations Motorsports connector, PRV customer specific
Model PRV Connector
HDP 5-LW 600 bar Compact
HDP 5-LW 600 bar Motorsports

02 Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages | 75
HPI 1.1 Size 180 x 162 x 46 mm
Weight 430 g
Electrical Data
Power supply 14 V
2
Operating voltage (normal oper- 11 to 16 V
ation)
Operating voltage (engine start) 6 to 18 V
Nominal voltage 14 V
Mating connector D 261 205 373-01
Features Communication
u Max. 6 cylinders 1 CAN (500 kBaud)
u Max. 9,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation) 1 K-Line
u 430 g Ordering Information

The injector power stage HPI 1.1 is a device for driving HPI 1.1 Active low for HDEV 5
injectors for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a Order number F 02U V00 030-01
suitable ECU up to 6 injectors can be driven. The injec-
tors are gathered in 3 groups of 2 injectors each. Within HPI 1.1 Active high for HDEV 5
a group only one injector can be switched on at the Order number F 02U V00 036-01
same time. The 3 groups are totally independent, so
that overlapping injection of injectors of different
groups is possible. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 1.1 is realized via CAN interface.
Application
Max. number of cylinders 6
Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation) 9,000
Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valves HDEV 1 and

HDEV 5

sport.com)
Variations
HPI 1.1 Active low HPI 1.1 Active high
Injection con- Inverting (Low = ”ON”) Non-inverting (High

trol inputs for operation with = ”ON”)
standard lowside pow-
er stages of automotive
ECUs
Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Housing temperature -25 to 85°C

76 | 02 Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages
Electrical Data
HPI 5
Voltage supply 14 V
Operating voltage 10 to 16 V
Operation voltage (engine start) 6.5 to 16 V

2 Nominal voltage 14 V
Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)
HPI 5
Optimized for Bosch HDP 5
Features
u Max. 8 cylinders HPI 5

Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 1
u Max. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation) Order number F 02U V01 055-02
u 550 g HPI 5
The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving in- Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 3
jectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct in- Order number F 02U V00 906-02
jection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors
can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4 groups of
2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can be
switched on at the same time. The 4 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injection of injectors
of different groups is possible. The HPI 5 is mainly de-
signed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5,
but there are also variations for Hitachi HDP available.
Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5 is re-
alized via CAN interface.
Application
Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Bosch
high pressure pump HDP 5
Hitachi HDP Gen 1 and Gen 3 variations available
Further HDEV and HDP on request
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Size (incl. connectors) 190 x 123 x 36 mm
Weight 550 g
HPI 5-M 4C Operation voltage (engine start) 6.5 to 16 V
Nominal voltage 14 V
Mating connector AS 616-26SN

2
Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)
HPI 5-M 4C
Features
u Max. 4 cylinders
u Max. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)
u 400 g
The injector power stage HPI 5-M 4C is a device for driv-
ing injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline di-
rect injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 4 in-
jectors can be driven. Overlapping injection of injectors
is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the
Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication be-
tween main ECU and the HPI 5-M is realized via CAN in-
terface.
Application
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing

Issue 2008
Weight 400 g
Electrical Data
Voltage supply 14 V
Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
HPI 5-M 8C
Voltage supply 14 V
Operation voltage (engine start) 6.5 to 16 V
Nominal voltage 14 V 2
Mating connector AS 616-26SN

AS 614-19SN
Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)
HPI 5-M 8C
Features
u Max. 8 cylinders
u Max. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)
u 440 g
The injector power stage HPI 5-M 8C is a device for driv-
ing injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline di-
rect injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 in-
jectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4
groups of 2 injectors each. Within a group only one in-
jector can be switched on at the same time. The 4
groups are totally independent, so that overlapping in-
jection of injectors of different groups is possible. The
HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pres-
sure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 5-M is realized via CAN interface.
Application
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing

Issue 2008
Weight 440 g
Dimensions
2
02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 81
Single Fire Coil PS Max. high voltage at

1 MΩ || 10 pF
≤ 30 kV
Spark current ≤ 80 mA
Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ ≤ 1.1 ms
Noise suppression Inductive 2

Suppression diode / EFU Integrated
Characteristic
Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

respectively BIP372
Connector AMP C-O-28 44 25
Pin 1 ECU ignition power stage
Pin 2 Engine GND
Features Pin 3 Ubatt
Pin 4 N.a.
u Max. 30 kV
u Max. 42 mJ quest.
u Max. 1.5 kV/µs Characteristic dwell times [ms]

u Max. 10,000 1/min Ubatt I primary
This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed for 4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A
cylinder head installation.
The coil PS has no integrated transistor and requires an 6V 2.90 4.20 6.30 14.4 - -
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting. 8V 1.83 2.45 3.17 4.10 5.10 6.20
It is a basic concept for ignition applications. 10 V 1.33 1.74 2.18 2.68 3.16 3.49
Application 12 V 1.05 1.35 1.68 2.02 2.33 2.53
Spark energy ≤ 42 mJ 14 V 0.86 1.11 1.35 1.62 1.85 1.99
Primary current ≤ 7.5 A 16 V 0.73 0.93 1.14 1.35 1.54 1.65
Operating temperature range at -20 to 140°C 20 V 0.56 0.71 0.86 1.02 1.15 1.23
outer core 22 V 0.50 0.64 0.77 0.91 1.02 1.09
Storage temperature range -40 to 100°C 24 V 0.46 0.58 0.70 0.82 0.92 0.98
Max. vibration ≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz
2
Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be
Technical Specifications verified through current measurement
Mechanical Data
Diameter 22 mm
Weight 189 g
Mounting Screw fastening
Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire 570 mΩ
Secondary resistance Incapable of measurement
High voltage rise time ≤ 1.5 kV/µs

82 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim. Spark energy -duration -currant Hi voltage
4A 15.0 mJ 0.650 ms 46 mA 15.6 kV
5A 22.8 mJ 0.793 ms 62 mA 19.3 kV
6A 30.2 mJ 0.904 ms 73 mA 22.7 kV
7A 38.2 mJ 1.010 ms 84 mA 26.0 kV
8A 47.9 mJ 1.101 ms 96 mA 28.8 kV
9A 52.9 mJ 1.130 ms 100 mA 30.2 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamp-
ing and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil PS requires an ECU with integrated ignition power stage, e.g.
IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
page.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor

wires.
Single Fire Coil PS

Dimensions
2
Single Fire Coil PS-T Max. high voltage at

1 MΩ || 10 pF
≤ 27 kV
2 Noise suppression Inductive
Power stage Integrated
Characteristic
Measured with power stage BIP 355
Connector Bosch Compact

4-pole Compact
Pin 1 ECU ignition signal
Features Pin 2 ECU GND
Pin 3 Engine GND

u Max. 27 kV
Pin 4 Ubatt
u Max. 42 mJ
u Max. 1.5 kV/µs quest.
u Max. 10,000 1/min Characteristic dwell times [ms]

This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed for Ubatt I primary
cylinder head installation.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires 4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A
an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
6V 2.90 4.20 6.30 14.4 - -
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications. 8V 1.83 2.45 3.17 4.10 5.10 6.20
Application 10 V 1.33 1.74 2.18 2.68 3.16 3.49
12 V 1.05 1.35 1.68 2.02 2.33 2.53

Spark energy ≤ 42 mJ
14 V 0.86 1.11 1.35 1.62 1.85 1.99
Primary current ≤ 7.5 A
16 V 0.73 0.93 1.14 1.35 1.54 1.65
Operating temperature range at -20 to 140°C
outer core 20 V 0.56 0.71 0.86 1.02 1.15 1.23
2
24 V 0.46 0.58 0.70 0.82 0.92 0.98
Technical Specifications Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
Mechanical Data verified through current measurement
Diameter 22 mm
Weight 202 g
Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire Incapable of measurement

Dwell time
I prim. Spark energy -duration -currant Hi voltage
4A 15.0 mJ 0.650 ms 46 mA 15.6 kV
5A 22.8 mJ 0.793 ms 62 mA 19.3 kV
6A 30.2 mJ 0.904 ms 73 mA 22.7 kV
7A 38.2 mJ 1.010 ms 84 mA 26.0 kV
8A 47.9 mJ 1.101 ms 96 mA 28.8 kV
9A 52.9 mJ 1.130 ms 100 mA 30.2 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
internal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
page.

wires.
Single Fire Coil PS-T

Dimensions
2
Single Fire Coil P35 Max. high voltage at

1 MΩ || 10 pF
≤ 34 kV
Noise suppression Inductive 2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S
Connector Sumitomo

3-pole Sumitomo
Pin 2 Engine GND
Features Pin 3 Ubatt

u Max. 34 kV quest.
u Max. 38 mJ Spark plug connector 140.5 mm
u Max. 2.0 kV/µs Please specify the required wire length with your order.

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for Ubatt I primary
direct mounting to the cylinder head.
The coil P35 has no integrated transistor and requires 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 7.5 A 8.0 A 9.0 A
an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
6V 7.80
The coil benefits from series production ensuring ro-
bustness and low cost. 8V 3.90 5.20 6.90 7.90
Application 10 V 2.65 3.36 4.03 4.35 4.70 5.60
12 V 2.04 2.51 2.92 3.10 3.30 3.66

14 V 1.63 2.00 2.30 2.43 2.55 2.79
16 V 1.37 1.67 1.91 2.00 2.10 2.27
outer core 18 V 1.19 1.43 1.63 1.70 1.78 1.91
2
22 V 0.93 1.11 1.26 1.33 1.37 1.46
Technical Specifications 24 V 0.84 1.00 1.13 1.18 1.23 1.31
Mechanical Data Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
Length 140.5 mm verified through current measurement
Weight 194 to 205 g
Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm
Electrical Data

Dwell time
I prim. Spark energy -duration -current Hi voltage
5A 25.6 mJ 0.894 ms 68 mA 26.4 kV
6A 33.3 mJ 1 ms 78 mA 30.7 kV
7A 40 mJ 1.07 ms 86 mA 34 kV
7.5 A 42.7 mJ 1.097 ms 89.5 mA 35.7 kV
8A 44.9 mJ 1.12 ms 93 mA 37 kV
9A 48.8 mJ 1.15 ms 102 mA 39.6 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil P35 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with in-
ternal ignition power stages.

wires.
Single Fire Coil P35

Dimensions
2
Single Fire Coil P35-T High voltage rise time ≤ 2.0 kV/µs
Max. high voltage at ≤ 34 kV

1 MΩ || 10 pF
2 Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ ≤ 1.13 ms
Noise suppression Inductive
Characteristic
Connector Sumitomo

3-pole Sumitomo
Features Pin 1 ECU ignition signal
Pin 2 ECU GND

u Max. 34 kV
Pin 3 Ubatt
u Max. 38 mJ
u Max. 2.0 kV/µs quest.
u Max. 8,000 1/min Spark plug connector 140.5 mm
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for Please specify the required wire length with your order.
direct mounting to the cylinder head.
The coil P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires Characteristic dwell times [ms]
an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20
Ubatt I primary
mA current output.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring ro- 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 7.5 A 8.0 A 9.0 A
bustness and low cost.
6V 11.40
Application
8V 4.40 6.00 8.0 10.0
Spark energy ≤ 38 mJ 10 V 2.90 3.70 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0
outer core
16 V 1.44 1.75 1.9 2.9 2.0 2.8
18 V 1.24 1.50 1.9 1.8 1.5 2.0
Max. vibration ≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz
20 V 1.09 1.30 1.7 1.3 1.0 1.2
22 V 0.97 1.6 1.0 1.7 1.2 1.1
Mechanical Data 24 V 0.87 1.4 1.7 1.2 1.7 1.5
Length 140.5 mm Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
Weight 194 to 205 g
verified through current measurement
Electrical Data

Dwell time
5A 25.4 mJ 0.91 ms 62 mA 26.5 kV
6A 33.4 mJ 1 ms 74 mA 30.3 kV
7A 38.8 mJ 1.07 ms 83 mA 33 kV
7.5 A 41 mJ 1.093 ms 87 mA 33.8 kV
8A 43.3 mJ 1.11 ms 91 mA 34.5 kV
9A 47 mJ 1.15 ms 100 mA 36.2 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.

wires.
Single Fire Coil P35-T

Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Single Fire Coil P35-E8
Max. high voltage at ≤ 34 kV 2

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Characteristic
Connector Sumitomo
Features Mating connector D 261 205 367-01
3-pole Sumitomo
u Max. 34 kV Pin 1 ECU ignition power stage
u Max. 38 mJ Pin 2 Engine GND
u Max. 2.0 kV/µs Pin 3 Ubatt
u Connector length on customer requirement
Characteristic dwell times [ms]
u Max. 10,000 1/min
Ubatt I primary
For this single fire coil the customer can define the
length of the spark plug connector. 4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an 6V 5.9 11.4
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of 8V 3.1 4.4 6.0 8.6
d=8 mm.
10 V 2.2 2.9 3.7 4.4 5.2 6.6
bustness. 12 V 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9
Application 14 V 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0
16 V 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4

18 V 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.0
20 V 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7
outer core 22 V 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5
2
Mechanical Data
Length 85 to 225 mm
Weight 194 to 250 g


Please specify the required wire and spark plug connec-
tor length with your order.
2
Dwell time
4A 18 mJ 0.77 ms 50 mA 22 kV
5A 25.4 mJ 0.91 ms 62 mA 26.5 kV
6A 33.4 mJ 1 ms 74 mA 30.3 kV
7A 38.8 mJ 1.07 ms 83 mA 33 kV
8A 43.3 mJ 1.11 ms 91 mA 34.5 kV
9A 47 mJ 1.15 ms 100 mA 36.2 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of

8 or 10 mm.
The coil P35-E has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
internal ignition power stages.
page.

wires.
Dimensions
2
Electrical Data

2 Max. high voltage at ≤ 34 kV
1 MΩ || 10 pF
Characteristic
Connector Sumitomo
3-pole Sumitomo
u Max. 34 kV Pin 1 ECU ignition power stage
u Max. 38 mJ Pin 2 Engine GND
u Max. 2.0 kV/µs Pin 3 Ubatt
u Max. 10,000 1/min
Ubatt I primary
length of the spark plug connector. 4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an 6V 5.9 11.4
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of 8V 3.1 4.4 6.0 8.6
d=10 mm.
10 V 2.2 2.9 3.7 4.4 5.2 6.6
The single fire coil benefits from series production en-
suring robustness. 12 V 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9
Application 14 V 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0
16 V 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4

18 V 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.0
20 V 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7
outer core 22 V 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5
2
Mechanical Data Spark energy and provided high voltage

Length 110 to 225 mm I prim. Spark energy -duration -current Hi voltage
Weight 194 to 250 g 4A 18 mJ 0.77 ms 50 mA 22 kV
Mounting Screw fastening 5A 25.4 mJ 0.91 ms 62 mA 26.5 kV
Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm 6A 33.4 mJ 1 ms 74 mA 30.3 kV
7A 38.8 mJ 1.07 ms 83 mA 33 kV
8A 43.3 mJ 1.11 ms 91 mA 34.5 kV
9A 47 mJ 1.15 ms 100 mA 36.2 kV
Installation Notes
2

8 or 10 mm.
The coil P35-E has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
internal ignition power stages.
page.

wires.

Dimensions
Electrical Data
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Characteristic
Measured with internal power BIP 373

stage

Features
Connector Sumitomo
u Max. 34 kV Mating connector D 261 205 367-01
3-pole Sumitomo
u Max. 38 mJ
u Max. 2.0 kV/µs
Pin 2 ECU GND
Pin 3 Ubatt
u Max. 8,000 1/min
For this single fire coil the customer can define the quest.
length of the spark plug connector.
The coil P35-TE has an integrated transistor and re- Characteristic dwell times [ms]
quires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA
to 20 mA current output. Ubatt I primary
This coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=8 mm. 4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A
The coil benefits from series production ensuring ro- 6V 5.9 11.4
bustness.
8V 3.1 4.4 6.0 8.6
Application
10 V 2.2 2.9 3.7 4.4 5.2 6.6
Spark energy ≤ 38 mJ 12 V 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9
outer core
18 V 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.0
20 V 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7
22 V 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5
24 V 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4
Mechanical Data
Length 85 to 225 mm be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be
Weight 194 to 250 g


2
Dwell time
4A 18 mJ 0.77 ms 50 mA 22 kV
5A 25.4 mJ 0.91 ms 62 mA 26.5 kV
6A 33.4 mJ 1 ms 74 mA 30.3 kV
7A 38.8 mJ 1.07 ms 83 mA 33 kV
8A 43.3 mJ 1.11 ms 91 mA 34.5 kV
9A 47 mJ 1.15 ms 100 mA 36.2 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes

8 or 10 mm.
The coil P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
page.

wires.
Dimensions
2
Electrical Data

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Characteristic

stage
Features
u Max. 34 kV Connector Sumitomo
u Max. 38 mJ Mating connector D 261 205 367-01

3-pole Sumitomo
u Max. 2.0 kV/µs
Pin 2 ECU GND
u Max. 8,000 1/min
Pin 3 Ubatt
quest.
The coil P35-TE has an integrated transistor and re-
quires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA Characteristic dwell times [ms]
to 20 mA current output.
This coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of Ubatt I primary
d=10 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring ro- 4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A
bustness.
6V 5.9 11.4
Application 8V 3.1 4.4 6.0 8.6
Spark energy ≤ 38 mJ 10 V 2.2 2.9 3.7 4.4 5.2 6.6
outer core
16 V 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4
18 V 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.0
20 V 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7
Length 110 to 225 mm Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
Weight 194 to 250 g verified through current measurement


2
Dwell time
4A 18 mJ 0.77 ms 50 mA 22 kV
5A 25.4 mJ 0.91 ms 62 mA 26.5 kV
6A 33.4 mJ 1 ms 74 mA 30.3 kV
7A 38.8 mJ 1.07 ms 83 mA 33 kV
8A 43.3 mJ 1.11 ms 91 mA 34.5 kV
9A 47 mJ 1.15 ms 100 mA 36.2 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes

8 or 10 mm.
The coil P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
page.

wires.
Dimensions
2
Mechanical Data
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M
Weight Please see Variations
Mounting Pluggable
Electrical Data
2 Primary resistance with wire 370 mΩ

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Noise suppression With spark plug connector

Features
Characteristic
u Max. 35 kV
u Max. 50 mJ
u Max. 3.0 kV/µs
u High voltage contacting via high voltage wire and
spark plug connector possible Mating connector D 261 205 335-01
3-pole Compact
u Max. 10,000 1/min
The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed
Pin 2 Engine GND
for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A high voltage
ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secon- Pin 3 Ubatt
dary output terminal.
The coil P50 requires an ECU with internal ignition pow- Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
er stages for each single fire coil. quest.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applica-
For spark plugs Ceramic diameter d=10 mm
tions. This coil is operable in higher vibration environ-
ments. Characteristic dwell times [ms]
Application Ubatt I primary
Spark energy ≤ 50 mJ 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A 10 A
Primary current ≤ 8.5 A 6V 3.84 4.93 6.2 7.7 9.5 11.2
Operating temperature range at -20 to 140°C 8V 2.54 3.14 3.81 4.51 5.17 5.61
outer core
10 V 1.9 2.33 2.76 3.21 3.62 3.87
12 V 1.51 1.84 2.17 2.51 2.8 2.97
Max. vibration Please see Variations
14 V 1.26 1.52 1.79 2.06 2.29 2.42
Variations 18 V 0.94 1.13 1.32 1.51 1.67 1.77
P50 P50-M 24 V 0.68 0.81 0.95 1.08 1.19 1.26
Max. vibration ≤ 400 m/s at
2
≤ 800 m/s at
2
30 V 0.53 0.63 0.74 0.84 0.93 0.98
5 to 2,000 Hz 5 to 2,000 Hz
Weight 223 g 265 g be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be
Spark plug connector - +
Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Dwell time
5A 22 mJ 0.82 ms 60 mA 26.8 kV
6A 29.7 mJ 0.93 ms 68.5 mA 31.6 kV
7A 37.5 mJ 1.03 ms 77 mA 36.4 kV
8A 46.3 mJ 1.12 ms 87.5 mA 40.9 kV
9A 53 mJ 1.17 ms 97 mA 44.4 kV
10 A 58.4 mJ 1.21 ms 105 mA 46.3 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
ternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
page.

wires.
Coil P50
Coil P50-M
Motorsport version
Dimensions
2
Characteristic
Connector Tyco AMP

2
Pin 1 Engine GND
Pin 2 Ubatt

Features
u Max. 35 kV
u Max. 65 mJ
u Developed for GDI engines
u Max. 10,000 1/min

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder-head.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
Application
Primary current ≤ 7.5 A Dwell time
Operating temperature range at -20 to 140°C Ubatt I primary

outer core
5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 7.5 A 8.0 A 8.5 A
6V 8.74 18.5
8V 4.5 6.4 9 10.8 13.9
Technical Specifications 10 V 3.1 4.2 5.4 6 6.6 7.2
Length 180 mm 14 V 1.9 2.48 3.05 3.32 3.57 3.77
Weight w/o wire < 222 g 16 V 1.61 2.06 2.53 2.73 2.93 3.08
Mounting Screw fastening 18 V 1.55 2 2.43 2.62 2.81 2.95
Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm 20 V 1.39 1.77 2.16 2.33 2.48 2.6
Electrical Data 22 V 1.22 1.54 1.88 2.02 2.15 2.26
Primary resistance 570 mΩ 24 V 0.97 1.23 1.49 1.6 1.71 1.78
Secondary resistance Incapable of measurement Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
High voltage rise time ≤ 1.9 kV/µs verified through current measurement

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Noise suppression Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Spark energy
5A 37.8 mJ 1.46 ms 49 mA 24.3 kV
6A 54.5 mJ 1,74 ms 59 mA 28.9 kV
7A 69.8 mJ 1.97 ms 69 mA 33.2 kV
7.5 A 77.6 mJ 2.04 ms 74 mA 35.8 kV
8A 83.0 mJ 2.11 ms 77 mA 37.7 kV
8.5 A 88.0 mJ 2.16 ms 81 mA 39.0 kV
Installation Notes
ternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
page.

wires.

Dimensions
2
Single Fire Coil P65-T Max. high voltage at

1 MΩ || 10 pF
≤ 33 kV
2 Noise suppression Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance
Integrated suppression diode /

EFU
Integrated power stage
Characteristic
Connector Tyco 0-1488991-1
Mating connector F 02U B00 555-01
Features Pin 2 ECU GND
Pin 3 Ubatt
u Max. 33 kV
u Max. 65 mJ
Ubatt I primary
5.0 A 5.5 A 6.0 A 6.5 A 7.0 A 7.5 A
u Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)
Max. 10 9 8 7 6 5
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for 1000
direct mounting on the cylinder head. /min
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers. 6V 10.7 11.6
Application 8V 4.7 5.4 6.8 8.3 10.2
10 V 3.1 3.55 4.25 4.87 5.6 6.3

12 V 2.32 2.66 3.12 3.51 3.94 4.36
14 V 1.86 2.1 2.45 2.75 3.07 3.36
outer core 16 V 1.55 1.77 2.03 2.26 2.51 2.73
Storage temperature range -40 to 140°C 16.5 V 1.49 1.7 1.95 2.17 2.40 2.61
Max. vibration ≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz 18 V 1.34 1.51 1.73 1.92 2.13 2.31
20 V 1.16 1.33 1.51 1.67 1.85 2.0

24 V 0.93 1.05 1.19 1.32 1.45 1.57
Mechanical Data
Length 143 mm be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be
Weight 222 g
Electrical Data

Dwell time
5A 33.7 mJ 1.37 ms 50 mA 24.4 kV
5.5 A 42 mJ 1.54 ms 54 mA 27.0 kV
6A 48.9 mJ 1.62 ms 59 mA 29.1 kV 2

6.5 A 55.9 mJ 1.74 ms 63 mA 31.2 kV
7A 63.6 mJ 1.85 ms 68 mA 33.2V
7.5 A 71.9 mJ 1.92 ms 73 mA 34.7 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
page.

wires.
Single Fire Coil P65-T

Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Primary resistance 570 mΩ
Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 ≤ 35 kV 2

pF
Characteristic
Connector Tyco AMP

Pin 1 Engine GND

u Max. 35 kV
Pin 2 Ubatt
u Max. 65 mJ
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter
d=8 mm.
bustness.
Application

outer core
Storage temperature range -40 to 100°C Dwell time

2
Ubatt I primary
Technical Specifications 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 7.5 A 8.0 A 8.5 A
Mechanical Data 6V 8.74 18.5
Length 75 to 225 mm 8V 4.5 6.4 9 10.8 13.9
Weight w/o wire < 222 g 10 V 3.1 4.2 5.4 6 6.6 7.2
Mounting Screw fastening 12 V 2.36 3.1 3.88 4.25 4.63 4.92
16 V 1.61 2.06 2.53 2.73 2.93 3.08
18 V 1.55 2 2.43 2.62 2.81 2.95
20 V 1.39 1.77 2.16 2.33 2.48 2.6

22 V 1.22 1.54 1.88 2.02 2.15 2.26
24 V 0.97 1.23 1.49 1.6 1.71 1.78

2
Spark energy
5A 37.8 mJ 1.46 ms 49 mA 24.3 kV
6A 54.5 mJ 1,74 ms 59 mA 28.9 kV
7A 69.8 mJ 1.97 ms 69 mA 33.2 kV
7.5 A 77.6 mJ 2.04 ms 74 mA 35.8 kV
8A 83.0 mJ 2.11 ms 77 mA 37.7 kV
8.5 A 88.0 mJ 2.16 ms 81 mA 39.0 kV
Installation Notes
The coil P65-E8 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
page.

wires.

Dimensions
2
Electrical Data

2 Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 ≤ 35 kV
pF
Characteristic
Connector Tyco AMP

Pin 1 Engine GND

u Max. 35 kV
Pin 2 Ubatt
u Max. 65 mJ
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter
d=10 mm.
bustness.
Application

outer core
Storage temperature range -40 to 100°C Dwell time

2
Ubatt I primary
Technical Specifications 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 7.5 A 8.0 A 8.5 A
Mechanical Data 6V 8.74 18.5
Length 102 to 225 mm 8V 4.5 6.4 9 10.8 13.9
Weight w/o wire < 222 g 10 V 3.1 4.2 5.4 6 6.6 7.2
Mounting Screw fastening 12 V 2.36 3.1 3.88 4.25 4.63 4.92
16 V 1.61 2.06 2.53 2.73 2.93 3.08
18 V 1.55 2 2.43 2.62 2.81 2.95
20 V 1.39 1.77 2.16 2.33 2.48 2.6

22 V 1.22 1.54 1.88 2.02 2.15 2.26
24 V 0.97 1.23 1.49 1.6 1.71 1.78

2
Spark energy
5A 37.8 mJ 1.46 ms 49 mA 24.3 kV
6A 54.5 mJ 1,74 ms 59 mA 28.9 kV
7A 69.8 mJ 1.97 ms 69 mA 33.2 kV
7.5 A 77.6 mJ 2.04 ms 74 mA 35.8 kV
8A 83.0 mJ 2.11 ms 77 mA 37.7 kV
8.5 A 88.0 mJ 2.16 ms 81 mA 39.0 kV
Installation Notes
The coil P65-E10 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU

with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
page.

wires.

Dimensions
2
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8 Max. high voltage at

1 MΩ || 10 pF
≤ 33 kV
Noise suppression Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance 2

EFU
Characteristic

stage

Features
u Max. 33 kV Pin 1 ECU ignition signal
u Max. 65 mJ Pin 2 ECU GND
u Developed for GDI engines Pin 3 Ubatt
u Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time) Characteristic dwell times [ms]
Ubatt I primary
The coil P65-TE8 has an integrated transistor and re- 5.0 A 5.5 A 6.0 A 6.5 A 7.0 A 7.5 A
quires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA
to 20 mA current output. Max. 10 9 8 7 6 5
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of 1000
8 mm. /min
bustness.
8V 4.7 5.4 6.8 8.3 10.2
Application
10 V 3.1 3.55 4.25 4.87 5.6 6.3
Spark energy ≤ 65 mJ 12 V 2.32 2.66 3.12 3.51 3.94 4.36
outer core
16.5 V 1.49 1.7 1.95 2.17 2.40 2.61
18 V 1.34 1.51 1.73 1.92 2.13 2.31
20 V 1.16 1.33 1.51 1.67 1.85 2.0
24 V 0.93 1.05 1.19 1.32 1.45 1.57
Mechanical Data Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
Length 87 to 225 mm
Weight 222 g
Electrical Data

Dwell time
5A 33.7 mJ 1.37 ms 50 mA 24.4 kV
5.5 A 42 mJ 1.54 ms 54 mA 27.0 kV
6A 48.9 mJ 1.62 ms 59 mA 29.1 kV
6.5 A 55.9 mJ 1.74 ms 63 mA 31.2 kV
7A 63.6 mJ 1.85 ms 68 mA 33.2V
7.5 A 71.9 mJ 1.92 ms 73 mA 34.7 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil P65-TE8 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU

with internal ignition drivers.
page.

wires.

Dimensions
2
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10 Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10

pF
≤ 33 kV
2 Noise suppression Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

EFU
Characteristic

stage

Features
u Max. 33 kV Pin 1 ECU ignition signal
u Max. 65 mJ Pin 2 ECU GND
u Developed for GDI engines Pin 3 Ubatt
u Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)
Ubatt I primary
The P65-TE10 has an integrated transistor and requires 5.0 A 5.5 A 6.0 A 6.5 A 7.0 A 7.5 A
an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20
mA current output. Max. 10 9 8 7 6 5
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of 1000
10 mm. /min
bustness.
8V 4.7 5.4 6.8 8.3 10.2
Application
10 V 3.1 3.55 4.25 4.87 5.6 6.3
12 V 2.32 2.66 3.12 3.51 3.94 4.36
14 V 1.86 2.1 2.45 2.75 3.07 3.36
16 V 1.55 1.77 2.03 2.26 2.51 2.73
outer core
16.5 V 1.49 1.7 1.95 2.17 2.40 2.61
18 V 1.34 1.51 1.73 1.92 2.13 2.31
20 V 1.16 1.33 1.51 1.67 1.85 2.0
24 V 0.93 1.05 1.19 1.32 1.45 1.57
Mechanical Data
Weight 222 g
Electrical Data

Dwell time
5A 33.7 mJ 1.37 ms 50 mA 24.4 kV
5.5 A 42 mJ 1.54 ms 54 mA 27.0 kV
6A 48.9 mJ 1.62 ms 59 mA 29.1 kV
6.5 A 55.9 mJ 1.74 ms 63 mA 31.2 kV
7A 63.6 mJ 1.85 ms 68 mA 33.2V
7.5 A 71.9 mJ 1.92 ms 73 mA 34.7 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil P65-TE10 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU

with internal ignition drivers.
page.

wires.

Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Suppression diode / EFU
Characteristic

Features 3-pole Compact
Pin 1 Coil 2 (b) ECU Ignition Power

u Max. 35 kV Stage
u 2 x ≤ 50 mJ Pin 2 Ubatt
u Max. 2.1 kV/µs Pin 3 Coil 1 (a) ECU Ignition Power

Stage
u Developed for twin spark engines
u 2 independent coils in 1 housing quest.
This ignition coil is specifically developed for engines Characteristic dwell times [ms]
with twin sparks.
The advantage of this coil is that are two separated coils Ubatt I primary
in one housing. So the ignition can be parallel or serial-
4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 7.5 A 8.0 A
offset with some angular degrees.
The Twin Single Fire Coil requires an ECU with separa- 6V 4.6 6.5 9.2 13.6
ted ignition power stages for every coil (2 per Twin Sin-
gle Fire Coil 2x1). 8V 2.9 3.9 4.8 5.7 6.1 6.5
This coil is a series coil, produced in great quantities. 10 V 2.1 2.74 3.36 3.9 4.0 4.2
The advantages of coils from run production are low
costs and high robustness. 12 V 1.65 2.11 2.55 2.92 3.04 3.18
Application 14 V 1.36 1.74 2.07 2.35 2.45 2.55
16 V 1.16 1.47 1.75 1.98 2.05 2.14

Spark energy 2 x ≤ 50 mJ
18 V 1.02 1.28 1.51 1.7 1.77 1.84
Primary current 2 x ≤ 7.5 A
Operating temperature range -20 to 140°C be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be
outer core verified through current measurement
Mechanical Data
Weight 496 g

Dwell time
4A 20 mJ 0.784 ms 55 mA 22.5 kV
5A 29.9 mJ 0.931 ms 70 mA 27.5 kV
6A 38 mJ 1.04 ms 85 mA 31.5 kV
7A 46.2 mJ 1.11 ms 90 mA 35.4 kV
7.5 A 49.5 mJ 1.14 ms 95 mA 36.7 kV
8A 52.4 mJ 1.16 ms 105 mA 37.7 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug.
The Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 has no integrated transistors and re-
quires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
page.

wires.
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1

Dimensions
2
Double Fire Coil 2x2 Max. high voltage at

1 MΩ || 10 pF
≤ 35 kV
2 Characteristic
Connector Bosch Jetronic

3-pole Jetronic
Pin 1 Coil 2 ECU Ignition Power Stage
Pin 2 Ubatt

quest.
Features
u Max. 35 kV Characteristic dwell times [ms]

u Max. 70 mJ Ubatt I primary
u Max. 1.9 kV/µs 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A 10 A
u For 4 cyl. engines 6V 6.9 9.3 13.1 22.2
This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost ap- 8V 4.2 5.3 6.7 8.1 9.8 12.0
plications in 4-cylinder engines.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 has no integrated transistor 10 V 3.0 3.8 4.6 5.4 6.2 7.0
and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
12 V 2.4 2.9 3.5 4.1 4.6 5.1
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only
two internal ignition power stages for supplying a 4-cyl- 14 V 1.9 2.4 2.8 3.3 3.6 4.0
inder engine.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 benefits from series produc- 16 V 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3
tion ensuring robustness and low cost. 20 V 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.5
Application 22 V 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2
Spark energy ≤ 70 mJ 24 V 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Primary current ≤ 8.0 A Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
Operating temperature range at -20 to 120°C verified through current measurement
outer core
Max. vibration ≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz
Mechanical Data
Weight 916 g
Electrical Data

Dwell time
Secondary resistance 13.3 kΩ

5A 34.5 mJ 1.6 ms 40 mA 24.9 kV
6A 46.5 mJ 1.83 ms 51 mA 30 kV
7A 58.0 mJ 2.03 ms 61 mA 34.5 kV 2

8A 69.6 mJ 2.2 ms 70 mA 38.6 kV
9A 79.9 mJ 2.31 ms 77 mA 42.2 kV
10 A 89.9 mJ 2.4 ms 88 mA 45 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug,
please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct
ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition
coil are not the firing order but the cylinders’ order.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with two internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
page.

wires.
Double Fire Coil 2x2

Dimensions
2
Double Fire Coil 3x2 Spark current ≤ 80 mA
Characteristic
Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

2

3-pole Jetronic
Pin 4 Ubatt
Features
u Max. 35 kV quest.
u Max. 65 mJ Characteristic dwell times [ms]
u Max. 1.9 kV/µs Ubatt I primary
u For 6 cyl. engines 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A 10 A
This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost ap- 6V 7.2 9.5 13.5
plications in 6-cylinder engines.
8V 4.3 5.4 6.6 7.9 9.5
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 has no integrated transistor
and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages. 10 V 3.1 3.8 4.5 5.2 6.0 6.7
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only
three internal ignition power stages for supplying a 6- 12 V 2.4 2.9 3.5 3.9 4.4 4.9
cylinder engine.
14 V 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.5 3.9
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 benefits from series produc-
tion ensuring robustness and low cost. 16 V 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.7 2.9 3.2
Application 18 V 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.7
20 V 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4

22 V 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.1
24 V 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.9
outer core Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
Max. vibration ≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz
Mechanical Data
Weight 1,490 g
Electrical Data
Secondary resistance 12 kΩ

Dwell time
1 MΩ || 10 pF
5A 34.4 mJ 1.44 ms 48 mA 25.4 kV
6A 45 mJ 1.63 ms 60 mA 29.9 kV
2 7A 56.5 mJ 1.78 ms 70 mA 34 kV
8A 67.6 mJ 1.9 ms 80 mA 39.3 kV
9A 77.7 mJ 1.98 ms 88.8 mA 43 kV
10 A 86.2 mJ 2.07 ms 100 mA 45 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug,
please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct
ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition
coil are not the firing order but the cylinders’ order.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with three internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
page.

wires.
Double Fire Coil 3x2

Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Single Fire Coil S19

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Ionic current signal Optional
Characteristic
Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Features Connector Open end
Mating connector -
u Max. 30 kV
Pin 1 Ubatt red
u Max. 34 mJ
Pin 2 ECU power stage white (blue
u Max. 7.5 kV/µs with optional ionic current meas-
u Max. 20,000 1/min urement)
Pin 3 Engine GND black

This single fire coil was developed for the use in Formu-
la 1 high performance engines. It is designed to mount Pin 4 Optional ionic current signal
directly on the spark plug. screen wire white
This coil optionally provides an ionic current measure-
ment. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
The coil has no integrated transistor and requires an quest.
ECU with internal ignition power stages. Wire size AWG 20/22
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high efficien- Wire length L Max. 100 cm
cy.
Application
Spark energy ≤ 34 mJ Ubatt I primary
Primary current ≤ 25 A
12 A 16.0 A 20.0 A 22.0 A 25.0 A
Operating temperature range at 0 to 160°C
6V 0.7 1.4
outer core
8V 0.390 0.613 0.980 1.300
10 V 0.278 0.411 0.586 0.695 0.910
12 V 0.216 0.310 0.426 0.491 0.606
14 V 0.176 0.250 0.335 0.382 0.460
Mechanical Data
16 V 0.148 0.208 0.276 0.313 0.371
Diameter 18.5 mm
24 V 0.084 0.119 0.157 0.175 0.208
Weight 100 g
27 V 0.077 0.107 0.139 0.155 0.180
Mounting Pluggable / pressed
30 V 0.068 0.094 0.122 0.136 0.157

Dwell time
12 A 9 mJ 120 µs 150 mA 17.5 kV
16 A 15.2 mJ 154 µs 200 mA 22.8 kV
20 A 22.8 mJ 186 µs 250 mA 27.8 kV
22 A 27.2 mJ 200 µs 275 mA 30 kV
25 A 34.2 mJ 221 µs 320 mA 33.4 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil S19 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with in-
ternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.

wires.
Single Fire Coil S19

Order number 0 221 B00 113-02
Dimensions
2
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T Pin 2 ECU ignition

power stage
ECU ignition
signal yellow
white
Pin 3 Engine GND ECU GND

black blue
Pin 4 Ion current Engine GND 2

signal screen black
wire white
Pin 5 N.a. Optional ion

current signal
screen wire
white
Measured with power stage IGBT IGBT

IRG4BC40S IRF5036S
(Uce = 600 V) (Uce = 400 V)
Operating temperature range at 0 to 160°C 0 to 150°C

outer core
Features
Mechanical Data
u Max. 25 kV Diameter 22 mm
u Max. 60 mJ Weight 150 g
u Max. 5.0 kV/µs Mounting Pluggable / pressed
u Max. 10,000 1/min (higher with reduced dwell Electrical Data

time)
Primary resistance with wire Please see Variations
This single fire coil was developed for the use in high
performance engines. It is designed to mount directly on Secondary resistance Incapable of measurement
the spark plug and
This coil optionally provides an ionic current measure-
ment. The coil S22 has no integrated transistor and re- Max. high voltage at ≤ 25 kV
quires an ECU with internal ignition power stages. The 1 MΩ || 10 pF
coil S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers. Spark current ≤ 300 mA
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ ≤ 0.43 ms
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency. Noise suppression Inductive
Application Suppression diode / EFU Integrated
Integrated power stage Please see Variations

Ionic current signal Optional
Primary current ≤ 16 A
Characteristic
Operating temperature range at Please see Variations
outer core Measured with power stage Please see Variations
Connector Open end
Technical Specifications Mating connector -
Variations Pin 1 Ubatt red
S22 S22-T Pin 2 Please see Variations
Primary resistance with wire 330 mΩ Incapable of Pin 3 Please see Variations
measurement
Pin 4 Please see Variations
Integrated power stage - +
Pin 5 Please see Variations
Pin 1 Ubatt red Ubatt red
quest.
Wire size AWG 20/22
Wire length L Max. 100 cm

2
Ubatt I primary
8A 10 A 12 A 14 A 15 A 16 A
6V 1.76 2.61 4.61
8V 1.10 1.49 1.99 2.70 3.12 3.74 Spark energy

10 V 0.80 1.08 1.37 1.71 1.91 2.12
Installation Notes
12 V 0.62 0.83 1.04 1.27 1.40 1.52
14 V 0.51 0.68 0.84 1.01 1.10 1.19 ing and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
16 V 0.44 0.53 0.70 0.84 0.91 0.99
The coil S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with in-
20 V 0.34 0.44 0.53 0.63 0.68 0.73 ternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
24 V 0.27 0.35 0.43 0.50 0.54 0.58 The coil S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with
Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must internal ignition drivers.
be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce the life time of the igni-
tion coil. In case of permanent operation please use 12 A. This will
bring spark energy of 40 mJ.

wires.
Coil S22
Dwell time Coil S22-T

Integrated transistor
Spark energy and provided high voltage Order number 0 221 B00 116-02
8A 18.1 mJ 251 µs 150 mA 21.1 kV
10 A 28.3 mJ 305 µs 185 mA 22.7 kV
12 A 39 mJ 353 µs 225 mA 23.6 kV
14 A 50.8 mJ 394 µs 260 mA 24.6 kV
15 A 58 mJ 415 µs 280 mA 24.9 kV
16 A 64 mJ 430 µs 300 mA 25.2 kV

Dimensions
2
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro Noise suppression Inductive
Suppression diode / EFU Internal
Ionic current measurement +
Characteristic
2
Connector On request
Mating connector On request
Pin 1 Ubatt red
Features Pin 2 ECU ignition power stage blue

u Max. 40 kV
Pin 4 Ionic current signal white
u Max. 90 mJ
Wire length 100 cm
u Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Wire size AWG 20/22
u Especially developed for Turbo-GDI engines For spark plugs Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm
u Max. 15,000 1/min Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
quest.
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is de- Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
signed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-pro plug connector with your order
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its Characteristic dwell times [ms]
high energy capability and a very good provided high
voltage. Ubatt I primary
Application 10.0 A 12.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 20.0

A A a A A
Spark energy ≤ 90 mJ 6V 3.2 4.5 7.6 9.8
Primary current ≤ 16 A 8V 1.88 2.49 3.47 3.79 4.10
Operating temperature range 0 to 160°C 10 V 1.35 1.76 2.34 2.51 2.67 3.05
outer core
12 V 1.06 1.35 1.77 1.89 2.00 2.24
14 V 0.87 1.11 1.43 1.52 1.60 1.79
16 V 0.74 0.93 1.20 1.28 1.34 1.49
16.5 0.71 0.90 1.15 1.23 1.29 1.43
Mechanical Data V
18 V 0.64 0.81 1.03 1.10 1.15 1.27

Length 168 mm
Weight w/o wire < 230 g
Mounting screw fastening verified through current measurement
Electrical Data
Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 ≤ 40 kV

pF

Dwell time
10 A 41.4 mJ 0.74 ms 100 mA 31.6 kV
12 A 59.5 mJ 0.882 ms 122 mA 37.4 kV
15 A 84.4 mJ 1.034 ms 148 mA 45.7 kV
16 A 92.6 mJ 1.07 ms 158 mA 46 kV
17 A 100 mJ 1.09 ms 165 mA 46 kV
20 A 115 mJ 1.16 ms 190 mA 46 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
page.
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro

Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Noise supression Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance
Characteristic
Features Connector On request

u Max. 40 kV
Pin 1 Ubatt red
u Max. 90 mJ
Pin 2 ECU ignition power stage blue
u Max. 5.0 kV/µs
u Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8
mm Pin 4 Ionic current signal white
u Max. 15,000 1/min Wire length 100 cm
Wire size AWG 20/22

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is de- Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
signed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-E8 quest.
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
For this single fire coil the customer can define the Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
length of the spark plug connector. plug connector with your order
high energy capability and a very good provided high
voltage. Ubatt I primary
Application 10 A 12 A 15 A 16 A 17 A 20 A
Spark energy ≤ 90 mJ 6V 3.2 4.5 7.6 9.8
Primary current ≤ 16 A 8V 1.88 2.49 3.47 3.79 4.10
outer core
12 V 1.06 1.35 1.77 1.89 2.00 2.24
14 V 0.87 1.11 1.43 1.52 1.60 1.79
16 V 0.74 0.93 1.20 1.28 1.34 1.49
Technical Specifications 16.5 V 0.71 0.90 1.15 1.23 1.29 1.43
Length 80 to 220 mm Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must
Weight w/o wire < 230 g verified through current measurement


2
Dwell time
10 A 41.4 mJ 0.74 ms 100 mA 31.6 kV
12 A 59.5 mJ 0.882 ms 122 mA 37.4 kV
15 A 84.4 mJ 1.034 ms 148 mA 45.7 kV
16 A 92.6 mJ 1.07 ms 158 mA 46 kV
17 A 100 mJ 1.09 ms 165 mA 46 kV
20 A 115 mJ 1.16 ms 190 mA 46 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
page.

wires.
Dimensions
2
Electrical Data

1 MΩ || 10 pF
Noise supression Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance
Characteristic
Connector On request
Features
u Max. 40 kV Pin 1 Ubatt red
u Max. 90 mJ Pin 2 ECU ignition power stage blue
u Max. 5.0 kV/µs Pin 3 Engine GND black
u Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 Pin 4 Ionic current signal white
mm Wire length 100 cm
u Max. 15,000 1/min Wire size AWG 20/22
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is de- quest.
signed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-E10
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement. Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order
high energy capability and a very good provided high Ubatt I primary
voltage.
10 A 12 A 15 A 16 A 17 A 20 A
Application
6V 3.2 4.5 7.6 9.8
Spark energy ≤ 90 mJ 8V 1.88 2.49 3.47 3.79 4.10
Primary current ≤ 16 A 10 V 1.35 1.76 2.34 2.51 2.67 3.05
outer core
14 V 0.87 1.11 1.43 1.52 1.60 1.79
16 V 0.74 0.93 1.20 1.28 1.34 1.49
16.5 V 0.71 0.90 1.15 1.23 1.29 1.43
18 V 0.64 0.81 1.03 1.10 1.15 1.27
Mechanical Data


2
Dwell time
10 A 41.4 mJ 0.74 ms 100 mA 31.6 kV
12 A 59.5 mJ 0.882 ms 122 mA 37.4 kV
15 A 84.4 mJ 1.034 ms 148 mA 45.7 kV
16 A 92.6 mJ 1.07 ms 158 mA 46 kV
17 A 100 mJ 1.09 ms 165 mA 46 kV
20 A 115 mJ 1.16 ms 190 mA 46 kV
Spark energy
Installation Notes
page.

wires.
Dimensions
2
02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 149
Electrical Data
Ignition Module IM 3.1
UBatt typical 13.5 V
Voltage supply 6 to 16.5 V
IB high active on min. 10 mA
IB low off 0 mA 2
IB 10 to 22 mA
IC typical ≤ 8.5 A
IC max. at TU < 120°C < 10 A
UCE satt at IC = 5 A <3V
UCE satt at IC max <9V
Characteristic
Characteristic dwell time See characteristic dwell time

from the ignition coil used
Internal transistor Triple Darlington

Features
u Max. 3 cylinders Connector (Coil T1) Bosch Jetronic 3-pole
u 47 g Mating connector 3-pole Jetron- D 261 205 289-01
ic
u Fits to all MS 4 ECUs
Pin 1 Collector transistor 1
u Especially adapted for Coils PS, P35, P50(-M),
P65, 2x1, 2x2 and 3x2 Pin 2 Collector transistor 2
This module is an external ignition power stage capable Pin 3 Collector transistor 3
of supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
Connector (ECU) Bosch Jetronic 4-pole
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU with
ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g. Mating connector 4-pole Jetron- D 261 205 351-01
MS 4 Sport. ic
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance to Pin 1 Basis transistor 3
provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized Pin 2 Gnd
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.
Pin 3 Basis transistor 2
Application
Installation Notes
Clamp voltage 380 ± 30 V
Operating temperature range at -40 to 120°C This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
measuring point 2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.
Storage temperature range -40 to 130°C Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
Max. vibration 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
Technical Specifications A heat conductive paste has to be used.
Mechanical Data This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Size 70.5 x 68 x 20 mm
Please observe the specified limit values.
Weight w/o wire 47 g
Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
Mounting 2 x M4 screws with spring wash- within a module.
er
Operating temperature -40 to 110°C page.
Permissible fuel temperatures ≤ 70°C
150 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules
Ignition Module IM 3.1

Dimensions
2
Ignition Module IM 3.2 IB high active on min. 10 mA
IB low off 0 mA
IB 10 to 22 mA
IC typical ≤ 8.5 A
2
IC max. at TU < 120°C < 10 A
Characteristic
Characteristic dwell time See characteristic dwell time

from the ignition coil used
Internal transistor Triple Darlington

Features
u Max. 3 cylinders
Connector Bosch Jetronic 7-pole
u 47 g
u Fits to all MS 4 ECUs 7-pole Jetronic
u Especially adapted for Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), Pin 1 Collector transistor 1
P65, 2x1, 2x2 and 3x2 Pin 2 Basis transistor 1
This module is an external ignition power stage capable Pin 3 Collector transistor 2
of supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU with Pin 4 Gnd
ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality Pin 6 Collector transistor 3
production part with good electrical performance to
provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized Pin 7 Basis transistor 3
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.
Installation Notes
Application
This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
Primary current ≤ 8.5 A 2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.
Clamp voltage 380 ± 30 V Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
Operating temperature range at -40 to 120°C The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
measuring point needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
Storage temperature range -40 to 130°C A heat conductive paste has to be used.
Max. vibration 400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz
2
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.
Mechanical Data
Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
within a module.
page.
Mounting 2 x M4 screws with spring wash-
er Ordering Information
Operating temperature -40 to 110°C Ignition Module IM 3.2
Permissible fuel temperatures ≤ 70°C Order number 0 227 100 203
Electrical Data

Dimensions
2
Electrical Data
Ignition Module IM 4
IB high active on min. 10 mA
IB low off 0 mA 2
IB 10 to 22 mA
IC typical < 8.5 A
IC max. at TU < 120°C < 10 A
Connector (Coil T1) Bosch Jetronic 4-pole

Jetronic 4-pole
Features
Pin 1 Collector transistor 4
u Max. 4 cylinders Pin 2 Collector transistor 3
u 54 g Pin 3 Collector transistor 2
u Fits to all MS 4 ECUs Pin 4 Collector transistor 1
u Especially adapted for Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), Connector (ECU) Bosch Jetronic 5-pole
P65, 2x1, 2x2 and 3x2 Mating connector D 261 205 352-01
Jetronic 5-pole
This module is an external ignition power stage capable
of supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils. Pin 1 Basis transistor 1
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU with
ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g. Pin 2 Basis transistor 2
MS 4 Sport.
Pin 3 Gnd
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance to Pin 4 Basis transistor 3
provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages. Pin 5 Basis transistor 4
Application Installation Notes
Primary current ≤ 8.5 A This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.
Clamp voltage 380 ± 30 V
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
measuring point The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.
Max. vibration 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
Technical Specifications which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Mechanical Data Please observe the specified limit values.
Size 70.5 x 68 x 20 mm Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire 54 g Ignition Module IM 4
Mounting 2 x M4 screws with spring wash-
er
Dimensions
2
02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 155
Injection Valve EV 6 Coil resistance 1.2 to 16 Ω
Fuel compatibility E85 / M100

(after Methanol-operating the
valves must be flushed with nor-
mal gasoline-fuel)
Electrical Data 2
Power supply 6 to 16.5 V
Connectors Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport

connectors
Installation Notes
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and hold
Features power stage.
u Single beam or twin beam
u Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 962 cm3/min EV 6 CS, 116 g/min n-heptane

u Spray angle 15 to 70°
EV 6 CL, 261 g/min n-heptane
EV 6 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as Order number 0 280 155 868
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner to
achieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow. EV 6 EL, 261 g/min n-heptane
EV 6 injection valves feature high corrosion resistance Order number 0 280 155 830
and excellent engine start characteristics. The hydraulic
connections of the Bosch injection valves EV 6, EV 12 EV 6 ES, 269 g/min n-heptane
and EV 14 are compatible. Order number 0 280 156 063
Application EV 6 CS, 310 g/min n-heptane

Fuel Filter Requirements
EV 6 CS, 658 g/min n-heptane
Particle size ≥ 5 μm Order number B 280 434 499-02
Max. particle size 35 μm Accessories
Separation rate ≥ 82 % Clip for locking bush of plastic

Clip for locking bush of steel
Mechanical Data Order number 2 431 314 011
System pressure Max. 8 bar
Weight ≤ 55 g
Fuel input Top-feed injector
Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design Standard (S), Long (L)
Spray type C (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)
Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane) 134 to 962 cm³/min

92 to 658 g/min
Spray angle α 15 to 70°
Bent angle γ 0 to 20°

156 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves
Dimensions
Spray Illustrations
EV6 Standard
EV6 Long
Mounting Instructions
EV 6 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr. 0 280 156 194 0 280 155 868 0 280 155 830 0 280 156 063 0 280 156 012
2
Flow rate/min 116 g/170 cm3 261 g/382 cm3 261 g/382 cm3 269 g/393 cm3 310 g/453 cm3
Type C C E E C
Housing S L L L S
α80 15° 15° 20° 15° 20°
γ 0° 0° 0° 10° 5°
δ - - 90° 270° 90°
Resistance 14.5 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω
Further variations are available on request
Variation of Motorsport valves
Part Nr. B 280 434 499-02
Flow rate/min 658 g/962 cm3
Type C
Housing S
α80 25°
γ 0°
δ -
Resistance 12 Ω
Further variations are available on request.
Electrical Data
Injection Valve EV 12

connectors 2
Installation Notes
EV 12 ES, 120 g/min n-heptane


Features
u Single beam or twin beam Order number 0 280 155 897
u Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/min EV 12 ES, 269 g/min n-heptane

u With extension Order number 0 280 157 000
EV 12 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as Accessories
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner to
Clip for locking bush of plastic
achieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow.
There is only one injector body size for the EV 12. Vari-
ous delivery rates and spray-angles are available. The in- Clip for locking bush of steel
jection valves EV 6, EV 12 and EV 14 are compatible. Order number 2 431 314 011
Mechanical Data
Weight 40 g
Installation length 48 mm (total 81 mm)
Housing design Standard with extension
Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane) 146 to 1,023 cm³/min

59 to 670 g/min
Coil resistance 11 to 16 Ω

mal gasoline-fuel)
Dimensions
Housing Variations
EV 12 Variations
Part Nr. 0 280 157 002 0 280 157 012 0 280 155 897 0 280 155 892 0 280 157 000
2
Type E E E E E
Housing S S S S S
α 15° 15° 15° 15° 15°
γ 10° 10° 10° 10° 10°
δ 270° 270° 270° 270° 270°
Resistance 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω
Electrical Data
Injection Valve EV 14

connectors 2
Installation Notes


Features
u Conical spray or 2-spray
u Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/min
EV 14 CKxT, 237 g/min n-heptane
u With or without extension Order number 0 280 158 038
EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the EV 6 EV 14 EL, 237 g/min n-heptane
injection valve technology. EV 14 xT are the latest revi- Order number 0 280 158 116
sion of the EV 12.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates and EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
spray patterns. Compact size and three standard ver- Order number B 280 436 038-09
sions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.
Technical Specifications Order number B 280 436 038-10
Mechanical Data EV 14 ESxT, 429 g/min n-heptane

Weight ≤ 30 g
Installation lengths 33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm
EV 14 CKxT, 670 g/min n-heptane
Fuel input Top-feed injector Order number 0 280 158 040
Operating temperature -40 to 110°C Accessories

Clip for locking bush of plastic
Clip for locking bush of steel
Housing design Compact (C), Standard (S), Order number 2 431 314 018
Long (L)
Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane) 146 to 1,023 cm³/min

100 to 700 g/min
Coil resistance 12 Ω

mal gasoline-fuel)
Dimensions
Spray Illustrations
Housing Variations
2
EV 14 Variations
Part Nr. 0 280 158 110 0 280 158 200 0 280 158 107 0 280 158 013 0 280 158 038
2
Type C E C E C
Housing L S L S KxT
α 15° 15° 20° 19° 20°
γ 0° 0° 0° 0° 0°
δ 0° 90° 0° 90° 0°
Part Nr. 0 280 158 116 0 280 158 123 0 280 158 040
Flow rate/min 237 g/347 cm3 429 g/627 cm3 670 g/980 cm3
Type E E C
Housing L SxT KxT
α 22° 25° 30°
γ 5° 0° 0°
δ 90° 90° 0°
Resistance 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω
Further variations are available on request
Variations of Motorsport valves
Part Nr. B 280 436 038-07 B 280 436 038-08 B 280 436 038-09 B 280 436 038-10 B 280 436 469-01
Flow rate/min 503 g/736 cm3 503 g/736 cm3 387 g/566 cm3 387 g/566 cm3 697 g/1,019 cm3
Type C C C C E
Housing S S S S S
α 70° 25° 70° 25° 20°
γ 0° 0° 0° 0° 0°
δ - - - - 90°
(after Methanol-operating, the

Injection Valve EV 14i valves must be flushed with nor-
mal gasoline-fuel)
Electrical Data

2
Connectors Div. motorsports connectors
Installation Notes
Injection Valves EV 14i are manufactured on order only and are not on
stock. The minimum purchase quantity is 25 pieces per variation.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and hold
power stage.
EV 14i Ci, 213 g/min n-heptane

Features
u Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/min EV 14i EixT, 261 g/min n-heptane
u Extremely small housing Order number B 280 436 270-03
u Very low weight
u Special development for motorsports Order number B 280 436 470-01
Accessories
EV 14i injection valves are the smallest Bosch low pres-
sure injection valves and especially developed for mo- Extended tip
torsports applications. Order number on request
The valve is designed for a wide range of flow rates and
spray patterns. Very compact size simplifies mounting in
a variety of applications.
Mechanical Data
Weight ≤20 g
Installation lengths 26.9 mm
Permissible fuel temperatures ≤70°C
Housing design Very compact
Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane) Max. 1,023 cm³/min

Max. 700 g/min

Dimensions
Spray Illustrations
EV 14i Variations
Part Nr. B 280 436 323-03 B 280 436 270-03 B 280 436 548-01 B 280 436 470-01
2
Flow rate/min 213 g/311 cm3 263 g/385 cm3 261 g/382 cm3 310 g/453 cm3
Type C C E C
Housing i i ixT i
α 85° 25° 20° 50°
γ 0° 0° 15° 0°
δ 0° 0° 90° 0°
Resistance 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter 20.7 mm
Length 87 mm
2
Flow rate at 100 bar (n-heptane) up to 1,500 cm3/min
Number of holes 4 to 7 holes (typical)
Spray type Multi hole
Spray angle overall 110° (typical)
Spray angle single beam 8 to 20°
Static flow tolerance ±5 %
Dynamic flow tolerance ±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms
Leakage ≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C
Electrical Data
Features
Booster supply 65 to 90 V
u Max. 200 bar Booster current 13.2 A
u Multi hole Booster time 500 μs
u Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/min (n-hep- Power supply 12 V

tane)
Pick up current 9.6 A
u Spray angle 8 to 20° Pick up time 800 μs
The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which is devel- Hold power supply 12 V
oped to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out the Hold current 3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A
fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel and air.
Coil resistance 1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)
It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is opti-
mized regarding very short opening and closing times
which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection
times. Mating connector Compact D 261 205 359-01
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability con-
cerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate Connector Jetronic (wire) D 261 205 288-01
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spray
Connector motorsports (wire) On request
targeting design according to the individual customer re-
quirements. If your application conditions will not match Pin 1 Pos
the listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific de- Pin 2 Gnd
signed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 on request. Installation Notes
Application The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage

Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Application 308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar
(typical) Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.
Fuel input Top-feed injector The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.
Fuel Gasoline
Do not use supersonic cleaning.
Operating pressure 200 bar
Storage temperature range -40 to 70°C HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Max. vibration 600 m/s²
Dimensions
Spray variations, further variations on request

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LC
Weight w/o wire 221.5 g
Diameter 20.7 mm
Length 185 mm
2
Flow rate at 100 bar (n-heptane) Up to 1,500 cm3/min
Number of holes 4 to 7 holes (typical)
Spray type Multi hole
Spray angle overall 110° (typical)
Spray angle single beam 8 to 20°
Static flow tolerance ±5 %
Dynamic flow tolerance ±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms
Leakage ≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C
Electrical Data
Booster supply 65 to 90 V
Features
Booster current 13.2 A
u Max. 200 bar Booster time 500 μs
u Multi hole Power supply 12 V
Pick up current 9.6 A

u Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/min (n-hep-
tane) Pick up time 800 μs
u Spray angle 8 to 20° Hold power supply 12 V
The HDEV 5.2 LC is a high pressure injector, which is Hold current 3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A
developed to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 LC is both to meter out Coil resistance 1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)
the fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel and
air. It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is
optimized regarding very short opening and closing Mating connector Compact On request
times which ensures a very stable linearity at short in-
jection times. Connector Jetronic (wire) D 261 205 288-01
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability con-
cerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate Connector motorsports (wire) On request
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spray Pin 1 Pos
targeting design according to the individual customer re-
quirements. If your application conditions will not match Pin 2 Gnd
the listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific de- Installation Notes
signed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 LC on request. The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Application
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.
Application 308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
(typical) not be damaged.
Fuel input Top-feed injector Do not use supersonic cleaning.
Fuel Gasoline
Operating pressure 200 bar
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC
Max. vibration 600 m/s²

Dimensions
Spray variations, further variations on request

Alternators 176
Starters 188
176 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators
Alternator 90 A Cut-in speed 1,300 x 1/min
Coupling screws
Characteristic 110 A
Rpm [1/min] IG [A] at 25°C
1,000 0
1,300 15.5
3
1,500 32.5
1,700 44.8
2,000 58.5
3,000 76.0
4,000 85.0
5,000 88.5
6,000 90.0
7,000 90.3
Features
8,000 90.5
u 5,400 g 9,000 90.5
u 90 A 10,000 90.5
u Clockwise rotation 15,000 90.5
u Special light weight aluminum pulley available 20,000 90.5
This alternator is modified for motorsport demand. It is

a clockwise rotation type and is series part in the Por-
sche Cup cars. We deliver the alternator inclusive fan
and pulley. Modifications are available on request.
Application
Vibration protection high
Installation without rubber mounting.
Mechanical Data
Case material aluminum
Weight 5,400 g
Current regulator unit integrated
Rotation Clockwise
Max. rotations 18,000 x 1/min Ordering Information

Diameter 108 mm Alternator 90 A
Length without shaft stub 128 mm
Distance between mounting 154 mm

points
Electrical Data
Rated current 90 A
Output voltage 14 V
03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 177
Dimensions
3
Alternator B3 Length w/o pulley 117 mm
Battery B+ connection M8x1.25
Tightening torque at B+ 22 Nm
Electrical Data
Regulating voltage 14.2 V
Temperature compensation -10 mV/K

3
High temperature cut off derat- -250 mV/K
ing
Excitation resistor (L) Internal (external on request)
Cut-in-speed 3,000 x 1/min
Characteristic
3,000 40
3,500 93
Features
4,000 125
u With multifunctional regulator 5,000 162
u 4,800 g 6,000 182
u 210 A * 7,000 193
8,000 201
u Clockwise rotation
9,000 206
The B3 is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator. It has
an optimized hand wound stator winding (3 phase trian- 10,000 210
gle), high current diodes (special Zener diode chips
from Bosch production to retain load-dumps) and an ex- 11,000 213
tra fine balanced rotor with double impregnated wind-
12,000 215
ing.
The multifunctional regulator (special Bosch developed 14,000 217
ASIC) controls the alternator output voltage at B + con-
nection. The main benefit of this alternator is the high 16,000 219
power output in a small low weight package. Further- 18,000 222
more it is optimized concerning vibration endurance.
Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min
Application
Application 210 A * at 10,000 rpm/90°C
Max. ambient temperature 105°C, high current only with

supported cooling air

(short-term) supported cooling air
Rotating direction Clockwise
Mechanical Data
Body material Cast aluminum Installation Notes

Weight w/o pulley 4.8 kg
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. En-
Max. rotations 18,000 x 1/min sure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistance connec-
tion to vehicle ground.
Moment of inertia 22 kg*cm2
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
Outer diameter w/o screw 136 mm and a connected 12 V battery (Lithium battery not proved).
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp (on re-
quest).
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output

current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current, but
this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroying of rec-
tifier diodes.
Ordering Information 3
Alternator B3
Dimensions
3
Alternator B3 LIN Adjustable set values via LIN interface
Outputs of status information via LIN interface
Mechanical Data
Body material Cast aluminum
Weight w/o pulley 4.8 kg

3
Max. rotations 18,000 x 1/min
Moment of inertia 22 kg*cm2
Outer diameter w/o screw 136 mm
Length w/o pulley 117 mm
Battery B+ connection M8x1.25
Tightening torque at B+ 22 Nm
Electrical Data
Features Regulating voltage 14.2 V
Temperature compensation -10 mV/K

u Electrically and mechanically identical with B3
High temperature cut off derat- -250 mV/K
u Motorsports optimized LIN2.1 regulator with latest ing
ASIC technology
Excitation resistor (L) Internal (external on request)
u 4,800 g Cut-in-speed 3,000 x 1/min
u 210 A *
Characteristic
u Clockwise rotation
The B3 LIN is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator. It
has an optimized hand wound stator winding (3 phase 3,000 40
triangle), high current diodes (special Zener diode chips 3,500 93
from Bosch production to retain load-dumps) and an ex-
tra fine balanced rotor with double impregnated wind- 4,000 125
ing.
5,000 162
The LIN regulator (special Bosch developed ASIC) con-
trols the alternator output voltage at B + connection. 6,000 182
The main benefit of this alternator is the high power
output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is 7,000 193
optimized concerning vibration endurance.
8,000 201
Application 9,000 206
Application 210 A * at 10,000 rpm/90°C 10,000 210
Max. ambient temperature 105°C, high current only with 11,000 213
supported cooling air
12,000 215
(short-term) supported cooling air 14,000 217
Rotating direction Clockwise 16,000 219
Fixed frequency regulation with pulse width modulation 18,000 222
Stand-by-mode Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min
Switching-on via LIN interface
High side output stage with defined ramp steepness and FET as free-
wheeling „diode“
Emergency start and default mode

Installation Notes
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. En-
sure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistance connec-
tion to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator

and a connected 12 V battery (Lithium battery not proved).
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp (on re-
quest).
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output

current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current, but
this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroying of rec-
tifier diodes.
Alternator B3 LIN
Dimensions
EMV LIN LIN

C3 EMV Master
U
C1
EMC -circuit KL 15
B+
B+
C2
DF
G
Regulator -IC V
B-
Housing Generator Electrical
System
Schematic Diagram
Electrical Data
Alternator GCM1
Rated current 110/130/140 A
Output voltage 13.5 V
Cut-in speed 3,000 x 1/min
Coupling screws
Battery B+ M6
3 Tightening torque at B+ 14 Nm
Control lamp D+ flat-pin connector, see drawing
Internal D+ resistor only GCM1 140 A Nascar
2,000 0
2,500 13
3,000 37
Features
3,500 54
u 3,400 g 4,000 65
u 110 to 140 A 5,000 78
u Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation 6,000 88
u Special light weight aluminum pulley available 7,000 96
8,000 102
This alternator is modified for motorsport demand and
splash protected. The stator windings are handmade 9,000 105
and optimized for higher current output; the rotor is ex-
tra fine balanced and double impregnated. The alterna- 10,000 108
tors are e.g. used in Nascar series. Clockwise and anti-
12,000 113
clockwise versions are possible, modifications are avail-
able on request. 15,000 117
Application 18,000 120
Ambient temperature range -30 to 90°C
Vibration protection high
Installation without rubber mounting.
Mechanical Data
Case material aluminum
Weight 3,400 g
Current regulator unit integrated
Max. rotations 18,000 x 1/min
Diameter 108 mm
Length without shaft stub 128 mm
Distance between mounting 154 mm
points 2,000 0
2,500 6
3,000 32
3,500 51
4,000 63
5,000 80
6,000 90
7,000 98
8,000 105
9,000 111
3
10,000 116
12,000 121
15,000 127
18,000 131 Installation Notes
An external cooling can contribute to increase the per-

formance. It will only be effective if the incoming air is
30°Kelvin cooler than the ambient air. Otherwise, the re-
striction of air flow will negate any cooling benefits. If
these conditions are met, the cooling air should be dis-
tributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator
for optimal cooling. The alternator fans are not able to
generate negative pressure. It is possible to use external
blower to support the alternator. Debris at alternator
cooling area can reduce cooling effect. This could also
shorten the alternator service life. Installation without
rubber mounting.
110 A anticlockwise rotation

110 A clockwise rotation

Characteristic 140 A / Nascar Order number B 261 208 607-03
Rpm [1/min] IG [A] at 90°C 130 A anticlockwise rotation
2,000 0 Order number B 261 208 604-02
2,500 0 130 A clockwise rotation

3,000 1
140 A anticlockwise rotation
3,500 25
Order number F 01E B01 857-02
4,000 49
140 A clockwise rotation
5,000 83 Order number B 261 208 603-02
6,000 101 140 A Nascar clockwise rotation

7,000 113
8,000 122
9,000 129
10,000 135
12,000 144
15,000 151
18,000 156
Dimensions
Design 110/ 130 /140 A

Design 140 A Nascar

188 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Starters
Starter 1.4 kW
Features
u 1.4 kW
u 3,600 x 1/min
This starter is specially constructed for motorsport de-
mand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it in
clockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.
Application
Max. temperature 150°C
Vibration High protection
Mechanical Data
Weight 3,200 g
Revolutions 3,600 x 1/min
Modul 2,11
Electrical Data
Performance 1.4 kW
Starter 1.4 kW
03 Alternators and Starters | Starters | 189
Dimensions
3
Starter 1.7 kW
Features
u 1.7 kW
u 3,600 x 1/min
Application
Max. temperature 150 °C
Mechanical Data
Weight 3,700 g
Module 2,11
Electrical Data
Performance 1.7 kW
Starter 1.7 kW
Dimensions
3
Starter 2.0 kW
Features
u 2.0 kW
u 4,700 x 1/min
Application
Max. temperature 150 °C
Mechanical Data
Weight 4,050 g
Module 2,11
Electrical Data
Performance 2.0 kW
Starter 2.0 kW
Dimensions
3
3
04 Sensors 4
Absolute Position Sensor 196
Current Sensor 198
Gear Shift Sensor 200
Knock Sensors 202
Lambda Sensors 206
Linear Potentiometers 218
Pressure Sensors Air 238
Pressure Sensors Fluid 254
Rotary Potentiometers 278
Speed Sensors 294
Temperature Sensors 323
Thermocouple Probes 344
Vehicle Dynamics Sensors 351
Wire Potentiometers 364

196 | 04 Sensors | Absolute Position Sensor
Electrical Data
Absolute Position Sensor APS-
Power supply (6.5) 10 to 17 V
C
Current 70 mA
Environment
Magnet for APS-C F 02U 002 465-01
Connector ASL 6-03-05PB-HE
4 Mating connector
ASL 0-03-05SB-HE
F 02U 000 207-01
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 CAN+
Pin 4 CAN-
Features
Pin 5 Calibration pin
u Contactless technology Sleeve DR-25
u CAN output Wire size AWG 24
u Signal resolution: 0.7° Wire length 15 to 100 cm
u Wide operating temperature range Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
This sensor is designed to measure the absolute angular Please specify the required wire length with your order.
position of a still standing or rotating shaft.
The device uses Hall sensor technology to detect the Installation Notes
magnetic flux density distribution of a magnet which is
mounted frontal on the shaft. The absolute angle posi- The sensor is designed to measure the absolute angle of the camshaft
tion value from the sensor is transmitted over CAN. The e.g. quick start application.
sensor can be calibrated and configured with hard- and
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (1 MBaud).
software tools.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combi- The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
nation of a contactless measuring principal, a wide tem-
perature range and a motorsport connector. Before the first operation, the sensor has to be calibrated. Please con-
nect the calibration pin to 12 V.
Application
To meet the specifications and to avoid errors, the distance between
sensor and the magnet has to be less than 2 mm.
Measuring range 0 to 360°
To avoid measurement errors, the eccentricity between sensor and
Measuring principle Hall-effect magnet has to be as small as possible (< 0.3 mm).
Angle reference type Absolute To change the CAN-ID of the sensor, it can be programmed by the ex-
ternal CAN module EM-C.
Signal revolution 0.703152°
The angle position value can be set to zero via the external CAN mod-
Technical Specifications ule EM-C or by using the calibration pin.
Mechanical Data Please note that for a correct functionality of the sensor a magnet with
a material remanence of 1.03 Tesla is needed (not included, available
Fixation 3 x M5 on request).
Sealing O-ring Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Size w/o wire See Dimensions Communication
Storage temperature range -40 to 120 °C Communication link CAN

Operating temperature range -40 to 120 °C Application tool EM-C or RaceCon
Max. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appen- Signal output CAN
sport.com)
04 Sensors | Absolute Position Sensor | 197
CAN Baud rate 1 Mbaud
CAN refresh rate 700 Hz
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C

Dimensions
4
198 | 04 Sensors | Current Sensor
Current Sensor CS 240 Max. continuous output current 10 mA
Typical output current 7.5 mA at 5 V
Characteristic
Sensitivity [G] 16.67 mV/A
Output drift vs. power supply 0.5 %
Power up time 25 to 110 ms
Resolution 2.5 mV at US=5 V
Output voltage Vout=US/5 x (0.5 + G x IP); at US

4
Pin A/1 (red) DC supply voltage
Pin B/2 (blue) Ground
Pin C/3 (green) Output signal
Mating connector kit Series type F 02U B00 641-01

Features
Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
u Current measurement up to 240 A Please specify the required wire length with your order.
u Single supply voltage Output

u Very good linearity
u No additional resistance inside the loom
u Low thermal offset and gain drift

This sensor is developed for DC and pulsed currents
measurements. The advantage is the single power sup-
ply and no additional resistance.
Application
Application Current 0 to 240 A [IP]
Max. frequency DC to 80 Hz at -3 db
Load resistance >10 kΩ
Output type Analog
Max. vibration 68 m/s2 at 5 to 200 Hz
Installation Notes
Mechanical Data
Application Notes
Please regard the specified limit values (see Electrical Data).
Bore diameter 19 mm / 15.5 mm
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the
Installation length 37.5 mm sensor specifications.
Mounting Direct on the wire Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Electrical Data
Power supply US 4.75 to 5.25 V
Current Sensor CS 240
Max. power supply 8.5 V (14 V; 1 min at 25°C) Series type connector (no wire)
04 Sensors | Current Sensor | 199

With Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Open end (flying wires)
Dimensions
Dimensions
Accuracy
200 | 04 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor
Electrical Data
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Power supply 12 V
Characteristic
Signal Output 0,5 to 4,5 V
Zero Output 2,5 V
Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
4 Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
F 02U 000 228-01
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Features Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
u Strain gauge technology
Pin 5 Scr
u Measurement range: -450 to 450 N
u Analog output quest.
This sensor is designed to measure force relative to gear Sleeve DR-25

shifting in order to control the engine operation allow- Wire size AWG 24
ing the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down). Wire length L 15 to 100 cm
A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier
supply a force dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain threshold value in the
Sensor voltage
ECU, the ignition and injection can be adjusted automat-
ically according to the individual ECU application. Force (N) Voltage (V)
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combi-
nation of high quality production part and robust design 450 4.673
with metal housing and motorsport spec connection.
360 4.225
Furthermore this sensor has a dual way functionality.
270 3.797
Application
180 3.397
Measuring range -450 to 450 N
90 2.941
Max. vibration 800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz
0 2.538
Operating temperature range 0 to 80°C
-90 2.141
Technical Specifications -180 1.672
Mechanical Data -270 1.255
Weight w/o wire 90 g -360 0.820
Size 65 x 16 x 16 mm -450 0.402
Mounting 2 x M10 x 1
Tightening torque 22 Nm
Mech. range programmable up 450 N

to
Fmax 800 N
Mech. load limit 1800 N
Max. cycles at 300 N 300,000 cycles

04 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor | 201
Installation Notes
The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

sensor specifications.
page.
4
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

Dimensions
202 | 04 Sensors | Knock Sensors
Electrical Data
Knock Sensor KS-P
Range of frequency 1 to 20 kHz
Sensitivity at 5 kHz 26 ± 8 mV/g
Max. sensitivity changing (life- -17 %

time)
Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz -10 to 20 %

(from 5 kHz value)
Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz 20 to 50 %

(linear increasing with freq)
4 Main resonance frequency > 25 kHz
Impedance > 1 MΩ
Temperature dependence of 0,06 mV/g°C

sensitivity
Features Capacity field 800 to 1400 pF

u Engine vibration measurements
Connector Y 280 A62 566A
u Measurement range 1 to 20 kHz
Connector loom D 261 205 337-01
u Robust design 2-pole Compact
u Integrated series connector Pin 1 Sig+
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibra- Pin 2 Sig-
tions in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled com-
Pin 3 Scr
bustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves Installation Notes
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As a knock control
result, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be de- The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
fined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude. operation.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechani-
cal design, compact housing and precise determination To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
of structure-related noise. The small packaging is ac- location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to
complished by integrating the connector directly to the provide a secure flush mounting.
sensor. The sensor wire is to be routed such that no resonance vibration can
occur.
Application
Application 1 to 20 kHz page.
Operating temperature range -40 to 130°C Ordering Information

Storage temperature range 0 to 100°C
Knock Sensor KS-P
Max. vibration ≤ 800 m/s2 Order number 0 261 231 120
Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast) M8x25
Male thread (for AI) M8x30
Installation torque 20±5 Nm
Protection IP 54
04 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 203
Dimensions
4
204 | 04 Sensors | Knock Sensors
Electrical Data
Knock Sensor KS-R
Range of frequency 1 to 20 kHz
Sensitivity at 5 kHz 26 ± 8 mV/g
Max. sensitivity changing (life- -17 %

time)
Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz -10 to 20 %

(from 5 kHz value)
Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz 20 to 50 %

(linear increasing with freq)
4 Main resonance frequency > 25 kHz
Impedance > 1 MΩ
Temperature dependence of 0,06 mV/g°C

sensitivity
Capacity field 800 to 1400 pF

Features
u Engine vibration measurements Connector A 261 230 076
u Measurement range 1 to 20 kHz Mating connector D 261 205 289-01

3-pole Jetronic
u Robust design
Pin 1 Sig +
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibra-
tions in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled com- Pin 2 Sig -
bustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
Pin 3 Scr
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves Sleeve Elastomer
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a Wire size AWG 24
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As a Wire length L 50 cm
result, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be de-
fined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude. Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechani-
cal design, compact housing and precise determination Installation Notes
of structure-related noise. Connection to this sensor can
be tailored to customer requirements through specified The KS-R can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring
wire lengths and various connector options. knock control
Application The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
Application 1 to 20 kHz To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
Operating temperature range -40 to 130°C location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to
provide a secure flush mounting.
The sensor wire is to be routed such that no resonance vibration can
Max. vibration ≤ 800 m/s2 occur.
Technical Specifications page.
Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast) M8x25
Knock Sensor KS-R
Male thread (for AI) M8x30 Order number 0 261 231 047
Installation torque 20 ± 5 Nm
Protection IP 54
04 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 205
Dimensions
4
206 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 Cable and protective sleeve tem-

perature
< 250°C
Connector temperature < 120°C
Max. vibration (stochastic peak 300 m/s2

level)
Mechanical Data
4 Weight w/o wire 120 g
Thread M18x1.5
Wrench size 22 mm
Tightening torque 40 to 60 Nm
Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal 9V

Features Heater power steady state 10 W
Heater control frequency >2 Hz

u Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞
Nominal resistance of Nernst cell 80 Ω
u Wide-band
Max. current load for Nernst cell 10(DC)/250(AC) μA
u Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for short
time <1,030°C Characteristic
u Max. Hexagon temperature 570°C Signal output IP meas
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion of Accuracy at lambda 0.8 0.80 ± 0.01
oxygen in exhaust gases of automotive gasoline engines.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is a planar ZrO2 Accuracy at lambda 1 1.016 ± 0.007
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Accuracy at lambda 1.7 1.70 ± 0.05
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU capable of being used as a univer- IP [mA] lambda UA [V], v=17
sal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for oth-
-1.85 0.70 -
er lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of -1.08 0.80 0.364
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU is the very robust design -0.76 0.85 0.700
combined with the high Bosch production quality stand-
-0.47 0.90 1.005
ard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a 0.00 1.009 1.500
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit 0.34 1.18 1.858
and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion 0.68 1.43 2.216
Modules.
0.95 1.70 2.500
Application
1.40 2.42 2.973
Application lambda 0.65 to ∞ 2.55 Air 4.183
Fuel compatibility Gasoline Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but the
Exhaust gas pressure ≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen con-
accuracy) tent of the exhaust gas.
Exhaust gas temperature range 930°C Heater Strategy

(operating)
TSensor [°C] -40 -10 20 50
Exhaust gas temperature range < 1,030°C
(max.) for short time UH, eff, max (t=0) [V] 8,5 9,5 10,5 10,5
Hexagon temperature < 570°C
04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 207
Connector Y 928 K00 050
Pin 1 IP/APE
Pin 2 UN/RE
Pin 3 VM/IPN
Pin 4 Uh-/H-
Pin 5 Uh+/H
Pin 6 IA/RT 4
Wire length L 60.0 cm

quest.
Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSU-

IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like
LT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the

measurement of a representative exhaust -gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so that
the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks in

order to avoid the effects of leak -air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other

forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further installation notes in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2

Dimensions
Mounting recommendation Recommended materials for the

mating thread in the exhaust pipe
*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 Wire and protective sleeve tem-

perature
< 250°C

level)
Variations
LSU 4.9 with automotive connector 4

Connector 1 928 404 682
Pin 1 IP / APE
Pin 2 VM / IPN
Pin 3 Uh- / H-
Features Pin 4 Uh+ / H
Pin 5 IA / RT
u Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞
Pin 6 UN / RE
u Wide band
Wire length L 95.0 cm
LSU 4.9 with motorsports connector
time ≤ 1,030°C
Connector AS 6-07-35PN
u Max. Hexagon temperature 600°C
Mating connector AS 0-07-35SN
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion of
oxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline Pin 1 Uh+ / H
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2 Pin 2 Uh- / H-
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Pin 3 IP / APE
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a uni- Pin 4 VM / IPN
versal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for
Pin 5 UN / RE
other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of Pin 6 IA / RT
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design Please specify the required wire length with your order.
combined with the high Bosch production quality stand-
Mechanical Data
ard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a Weight w/o wire 120 g
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit Thread M18x1.5
and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion
Wrench size 22 mm
Modules.
Application
Electrical Data
Application lambda 0.65 to ∞
Power supply H+ nominal 7.5 V
Fuel compatibility gasoline/Diesel/E85
System supply voltage 10.8 V to 16.5 V
Exhaust gas pressure ≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy) Heater power steady state 7.5 W
Exhaust gas temperature range < 930°C Heater control frequency ≥ 100 Hz
(operating)
Nominal resistance of Nernst cell 300 Ω
(max.) for short time Max current load for Nernst cell 250 µA
Hexagon temperature < 600°C

Characteristic Heater Strategy
Signal output IP meas U
13 V
Accuracy at lambda 0.8 0.80 ± 0.01
Accuracy at lambda 1 1.016 ± 0.007
IP [mA] lambda UA [V], v=17 UA [V], v=8

8.5 V
1.5 V
-2.000 0.650 - 0.510
-1.602 0.700 - 0.707

4 -1.243 0.750 0.192 0.884
-0.927 0.800 0.525 1.041
Connector Please see variations
-0.800 0.822 0.658 1.104
Mating connector Please see variations
-0.652 0.850 0.814 1.177
Sleeve fiber glass / silicone coated
-0.405 0.900 1.074 1.299
Wire size AWG 24
-0.183 0.950 1.307 1.409
Wire length Please see variations
-0.106 0.970 1.388 1.448
-0.040 0.990 1.458 1.480 quest.
0 1.003 1.500 1.500

Installation Notes
0.015 1.010 1.515 1.507
0.097 1.050 1.602 1.548 IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like
0.193 1.100 1.703 1.596
Expansion Modules.
0.250 1.132 1.763 1.624
0.329 1.179 1.846 1.663 measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does not
exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
0.671 1.429 2.206 1.832
0.938 1.701 2.487 1.964
1.150 1.990 2.710 2.069
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
1.385 2.434 2.958 2.186
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so that
1.700 3.413 3.289 2.342 the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
2.000 5.391 3.605 2.490 The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks in
order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
2.150 7.506 3.762 2.565
2.250 10.119 3.868 2.614
Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but the forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen con- the thread.
tent of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for
lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typically Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
used for rich applications (lambda<1). page.

With automotive connector, wire length 95 cm

With motorsports connector. Please specify the re-
quired wire length with your order.
Dimensions

TGas > 930°C
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D Hexagon temperature < 600°C
Wire and protective sleeve tem- < 250°C

perature

level)
4 Mechanical Data
Thread M18x1.5
Wrench size 22 mm
Electrical Data
Features Power supply H+ nominal 7.5 V
System supply voltage 10.8 V to 16.5 V

u Lambda control for Diesel engines
Heater power steady state 7.5 W
u Wide band
Heater control frequency ≥ 100 Hz
time < 1,030°C Nominal resistance of Nernst cell 300 Ω
Max current load for Nernst cell 250 µA

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion of Characteristic
oxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines. Due to
Signal output IP meas
its protective tube the LSU 4.9D is especially designed
for Diesel applications. Accuracy at lambda = 0.8 0.80 ±0.01
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9D is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Accuracy at lambda = 1 1.016 ±0.007
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda =
Accuracy at lambda = 1.7 1.70 ±0.05
0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used as a
universal sensor for lambda = 1 measurement as well as IP [mA] lambda UA [V], v=17 UA [V], v=8
for other lambda ranges. The connector module con-
tains a trimming resistor, which defines the characteris- -2.000 0.650 - 0.510
tic of the sensor.
-1.602 0.700 - 0.707
The main benefit of the LSU is the robust design com-
bined with the high Bosch production quality standard. -1.243 0.750 0.192 0.884
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs -0.927 0.800 0.525 1.041
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit -0.800 0.822 0.658 1.104
and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion
Modules. -0.652 0.850 0.814 1.177
Application -0.405 0.900 1.074 1.299
-0.183 0.950 1.307 1.409

Application lambda 0.65 to ∞
-0.106 0.970 1.388 1.448
Fuel compatibility Diesel
-0.040 0.990 1.458 1.480
Exhaust gas pressure ≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy) 0 1.003 1.500 1.500
Exhaust gas temperature range < 930°C 0.015 1.010 1.515 1.507
(operating)
0.097 1.050 1.602 1.548
(max.) for short time 0.193 1.100 1.703 1.596
0.250 1.132 1.763 1.624

0.329 1.179 1.846 1.663 Installation Notes
0.671 1.429 2.206 1.832 This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSU-
0.938 1.701 2.487 1.964
1.150 1.990 2.710 2.069 Expansion Modules.
1.385 2.434 2.958 2.186 The lambda sensor should be installed at a point which permits the
measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does not
1.700 3.413 3.289 2.342 exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
2.000 5.391 3.605 2.490 Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
2.150 7.506 3.762 2.565 Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
2.250 10.119 3.868 2.614 As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
4
Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but the The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so that
output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen con- the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
tent of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks in
lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typically
order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
used for rich applications (lambda<1).
Heater Strategy
TSensor [°C] -40 -10 20 50 forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
UH, eff, max (t=0) [V] 8,5 9,5 10,5 10,5
page.
U
13 V
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D

8.5 V
1.5 V
Connector 1 928 404 687
Mating connector on request
Pin 1 IP / APE
Pin 2 VM / IPN
Pin 3 Uh- / H-
Pin 4 Uh+ / H
Pin 5 IA / RT
Pin 6 UN / RE
Sleeve fiber glas / silicone coated
Wire length L 30 to 50 cm

quest.

Dimensions

TGas > 930°C
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 Exhaust gas temperature range

(max.) for short time
< 1,030°C
Hexagon temperature ≤ 700°C
Wire and protective sleeve tem- < 250°C

perature
Max. vibration (stochastic peak 300 m/s2 (see Installation

level) Notes)
4
Mechanical Data

Features
Thread M16x1.5
u Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞ Wrench size 17 mm
u Wide band Tightening torque 60 Nm
u Inconel sensor housing
Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal 7.5 V
time < 1,030°C
System supply voltage H+ (min) 10.8 V
Heater power steady state 7.5 W
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion of
oxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline Heater control frequency 100 Hz
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar Nominal resistance of Nernst cell 300 Ω
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated Max. current load for Nernst cell 250 µA
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range of lamb-
da = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used as Characteristic
a universal sensor for lambda = 1 measurement as well
as for lean and rich ranges. Signal output IP meas
The connector housing contains a trimming resistor,
which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The main
benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact design in Accuracy at lambda 1 1.016 ± 0.007
combination with the high Bosch production quality
standard. The Mini-LSU is produced and tested in a Accuracy at lambda 1.7 1.70 ± 0.05
handmade process.
IP [mA] lambda UA [V], v=17 UA [V], v=8
The complete light weight housing is made of Inconel
which makes it resistant against high temperatures. The -2.000 0.650 - 0.510
sensor element is more than 50 % smaller than it is in
the production lambda sensor. It is connected over sil- -1.602 0.700 - 0.707
ver coated steel cables to make it more reliable against
-1.243 0.750 0.192 0.884
vibrations.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a -0.927 0.800 0.525 1.041
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit -0.800 0.822 0.658 1.104
and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion -0.652 0.850 0.814 1.177
Modules.
-0.405 0.900 1.074 1.299
Application
-0.183 0.950 1.307 1.409
Application lambda 0.65 to ∞ -0.106 0.970 1.388 1.448
Fuel compatibility gasoline/Diesel/E85 -0.040 0.990 1.458 1.480
Exhaust gas pressure ≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease 0 1.003 1.500 1.500
accuracy)
0.015 1.010 1.515 1.507
Exhaust gas temperature range < 930°C
(operating) 0.097 1.050 1.602 1.548
0.193 1.100 1.703 1.596 Connectors and Wires
0.250 1.132 1.763 1.624 Connector 1 928 404 682
0.329 1.179 1.846 1.663 Connector loom on request
0.671 1.429 2.206 1.832 Pin 1 IP/APE
0.938 1.701 2.487 1.964 Pin 2 VM/IPN
1.150 1.990 2.710 2.069 Pin 3 Uh-/M-
1.385 2.434 2.958 2.186 Pin 4 Uh+/M+
1.700 3.413 3.289 2.342 Pin 5 IA/RT

4 2.000 5.391 3.605 2.490 Pin 6 UN/RE
2.150 7.506 3.762 2.565 Sleeve fiber glass / silicone coated
2.250 10.119 3.868 2.614 Wire size AWG 22
Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but the Wire length L 30 to 100 cm
output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen con- Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
tent of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for quest.
lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typically
used for rich applications (lambda<1). Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Heater Strategy Installation Notes

U
13 V
11.62 V
Expansion Modules.

= 0.15 V/s measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does
7.53 V
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
1.5 V
Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire up-

Resistance/LSU Temperature wards).
R (Ohm) Temp (°C) The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so that
the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
80 1030
The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
150 888
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.
200 840
Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not to be
250 806 painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use
only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
300 780
350 761 page.
400 744 A higher maximum vibration profile is possible and should be deter-
mined by the customer’s individual application.
450 729
550 703 Ordering Information
650 686 Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

800 665
1000 642
1200 628
2500 567
Dimensions
4
TGas > 930°C
218 | 04 Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Linear Potentiometer LP 10
Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN
Connector loom F 02U 000 115-01

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Sleeve DR-25
4 Wire size AWG 24
Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

Features Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
u Measurement range 0 to 10 mm Installation Notes
u Low power consumption The LP 10 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
u Compact design
Optional mounting modifications are available.
The LP 10 is a short length linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the relative position of two Each mounting orientation is possible.
points, e.g. the stabilizer movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potenti- Comes with a spring return shaft.
ometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the re- page.
sistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact de-
sign with a hard metal housing and low power consump-
tion. Linear Potentiometer LP 10
Application
Application 0 to 10 mm
Mechanical Data
Min. length 50 mm
Mounting 2 x M3
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Nominal resistance 1 kΩ
Resistance tolerance 20 %
Non-linearity 1%
Max. current 1 mA
04 Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 219
Dimensions
4

Connector ASL 6-06-05SA-HE

ASL 0-06-05PA-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
4 Pin 5 -
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
Features
u Measurement range 0 to 25 mm Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
u Aluminum housing Installation Notes

u Low power consumption
The LP 25 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
The LP 25 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to and data logging systems.
measure the relative position of two points, e.g. the
gear position, throttle position or suspension move- Optional mounting modifications are available.
ment. Each mounting orientation is possible.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potenti-
ometer principle where the distance travelled between Comes with a spring return shaft.
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the re-
page.
sign with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing and
low power consumption. Ordering Information
Application Linear Potentiometer LP 25

Mechanical Data
Min. length 147 mm
Mounting 2 x M5
Protection IP65
Max. shaft velocity 1 m/sec
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Power supply max. 22 V
Non-linearity 0.25 %
Dimensions
4

Linear Potentiometer
LP 25 twin
AS 0-07-35SN
Pin 1 US 1
Pin 2 Gnd 1
Pin 3 Sig 1
Pin 4 US 2
4 Pin 5 Gnd 2
Pin 6 Sig 2
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24

Features Wire length L 15 to 25 cm

u Measurement range 0 to 25 mm
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
u Double output
The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer which is de- The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
signed to measure the relative position of two points, units and data logging systems.
e.g. the gear position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use in electronic throttle control sys- Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure system
tems. runs failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the re- Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
sistance between them. page.
sign with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, low Ordering Information
power consumption and infinite resolution.
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
Application Order number B 261 209 858-01
Mechanical Data
Min. length 95 mm
Mounting Ø 3 mm
Protection IP66
Max. shaft velocity < 10 m/sec
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Dimensions
4
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 Resistance tolerance 20 %
Max. current 1 mA
Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN
Mating connector F 02U 000 115-01

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN
Pin 1 US
4 Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Sleeve DR-25
Features
Wire size AWG 24
u Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm Wire length L 15 to 25 cm
Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

u Aluminum housing
The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to Installation Notes
gear position, throttle position or suspension move- The LP 50 can be connected directly to the most electronic control
ment. units and data logging systems.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travel-
led between the moving end to the wiper is proportional Each mounting orientation is possible.
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact de- Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
sign with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, low page.
Application
Application 0 to 50 mm Order number B 261 209 133-01
Mechanical Data
Min. length 172 mm
Mounting 2 x M5
Protection IP64
Max. shaft velocity 1.5 m/sec
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Nominal resistance 4.7 kΩ

Dimensions
4

Linear Potentiometer
LP 50 twin
AS 0-07-35SN
Pin 1 US 1
Pin 2 Gnd 1
Pin 3 Sig 1
Pin 4 US 2
4 Pin 5 Gnd 2
Pin 6 Sig 2
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24

Features Wire length L 15 to 25 cm

u Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm
u Double output
The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer which is de- The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
signed to measure the relative position of two points, units and data logging systems.
e.g. the gear position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use in electronic throttle control sys- Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure system
tems. runs failsafe.
It works base on the linear tape potentiometer principle
where the distance traveled between the moving end to
the wiper is proportional to the resistance between Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
them. page.
sign with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, low Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
Mechanical Data
Min. length 120 mm
Mounting Ø 3 mm
Protection IP66
Max. shaft velocity < 10 m/sec
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Power supply max. < 45 V
Dimensions
4

Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
4 Pin 5 -
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
Features
u Measurement range: 0 to 75 mm Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to and data logging systems.
gear position, throttle position or suspension move- Ball joints at shaft end and case.
ment. Each mounting orientation is possible.
ometer principle where the distance travelled between Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the re- page.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact de- Ordering Information
sign with hard metal housing and low power consump-
tion. Linear Potentiometer LP 75
Application
Temperature range 40 to 85°C
Max. vibration 126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz
Mechanical Data
Min. length 223.6 mm
Mounting 2 x M5
Protection IP66
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Dimensions
4

Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Sleeve DR-25
4 Wire size AWG 24
Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Features
u Measurement range: 0 to 75 mm Installation Notes

u Aluminum housing
The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units
u Low power consumption and data logging systems.
The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer which is designed Each mounting orientation is possible.
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. the Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
gear position, throttle position or suspension move- page.
ment.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear Ordering Information
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travel-
led between the moving end to the wiper is proportional Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
to the resistance between them. Order number B 261 209 852-01
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range
Application
Mechanical Data
Min. length 223.6 mm
Mounting 2 x M5
Protection IP66
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Dimensions
4
Linear Potentiometer LP 100 Non-linearity 0.15 %
Power supply 5V

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
4 Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
Features Pin 5 -
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
u Aluminum housing
The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. the
gear position, throttle position or suspension move-
Installation Notes
ment.
The LP 100 can be connected directly with most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
sistance between them. Ball joints at shaft end and case.
sign with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, low Each mounting orientation is possible.
page.
Application
Temperature range -40 to 85°C Linear Potentiometer LP 100

Max. vibration 126 m/s2 at 10 to 12kHz
Mechanical Data
Min. length [L1] 227 mm
Mounting 2 x M5
Protection IP66
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Dimensions
4

Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Sleeve DR-25
4 Wire size AWG 24

Features
u Measurement range: 0 to 100 mm Installation Notes

u Aluminum housing
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
u Low power consumption units and data logging systems.
The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer which is designed Each mounting orientation is possible.
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. the Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
gear position, throttle position or suspension move- page.
ment.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potenti- The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
ometer principle where the distance travelled between units and data logging systems.
sistance between them. Ordering Information
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
range. Order number B 261 209 853-01
Application
Mechanical Data
Min. length [L1] 220 mm
Mounting 2 x M5
Protection IP65
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Dimensions
4


ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
4 Pin 5 -
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24

Features
u Measurement range: 0 to 150 mm Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
u Aluminum housing Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
u Low power consumption Installation Notes

The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. the The LP 150 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
gear position, throttle position or suspension move- and data logging systems.
ment. Ball joints at shaft end and case.
ometer principle where the distance travelled between Each mounting orientation is possible.
page.
sign with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, low
power consumption and infinite resolution
Application
Mechanical Data
Min. length 282 mm
Mounting 2 x M5
Protection IP65
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Dimensions
4
238 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B Tolerance (FS) ± 1.4 % ± 1.36 %
Sensitivity 4,048 mV/bar 1,848 mV/bar
Offset -4.8 mV 30.4 mV
Mechanical Data
Mounting M6
Fitting 12.05 mm
Sealing O-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

4
Electrical Data
Max. power supply 16 V
Full scale output UA at 5 V 0.3 to 4.8 V
Current IS 9 mA
Features
Characteristic
u Absolute air pressure measurements Response time T10/90 1 ms
u Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5 Compensated range 10 to 85°C
bar
Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V Please see variations
u Analog output
Tolerance (FS) Please see variations
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pres-
sure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Die- Sensitivity Please see variations
sel engines.
Offset Please see variations
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronic systems for signal-amplification Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar
and temperature-compensation. The output of the sen-
sor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to 1.15
bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar).
nation of both high quality production part and motor-
sport connector.
Application
Application Please see variations
Pressure reference type absolute
Max. pressure 5 bar
Operating temp. range -40 to 130°C

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.5 bar
Media temp. range -40 to 130°C
Storage temp. range -40 to 130°C
Max. vibration 280 m/s2 at 200 Hz, 125 m/s2 at

440 Hz, sine
Variations
PSA-B (0.1 to 1.15 PSA-B (0.2 to 2.50

bar) bar)
Tolerance (FS) at US ± 0.016 bar ± 0.034 bar

=5V
04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 239
Expansion of Tolerance Adapter for PSA-B


ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
Pin 1 -
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 US
Pin 5 -

quest.
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
Installation Notes
The PSA-B is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2

ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and

free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Da-
ta Logging System at our homepage.
PSA-B
0.1 to 1.15 bar
PSA-B
0.2 to 2.5 bar
Dimensions
53.4
L
41
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
23
4
±0.3
20
6.6
14.7
26
±0.2
45
4
11.85
12.7
4.4
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C Tolerance (FS) ± 1.33 % ± 1.36 %
Sensitivity 5,000 mV/bar 1,848 mV/bar
Offset -600 mV 30 mV
Mechanical Data
Mounting M6
Fitting 6 mm
Electrical Data
4
Max power supply US max. 16 V
Current IS 9 mA
Characteristic
Features Response time T10/90 10 ms
Compensated range 10 to 85°C

u Absolute air pressure measurements
Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V Please see variations
u Measurement range 0.2 to 1.05 bar or 0.2 to 2.5
bar Tolerance (FS) Please see variations
u Analog output Sensitivity Please see variations
u External tube connector Offset Please see variations
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pres- Tolerance 0.2 to 1.05 bar
sure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Die-
sel engines.
element and electronics for signal-amplification and
temperature-compensation. Air pressure is supplied to
the sensor via a tube connector. The output of the sen-
sor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
nation of the high quality of the production part and a
low price.
Application
Application Please see Ordering information

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.50 bar
Max. pressure 5 bar
Variations
PSA-C (0.2 to 1.05 PSA-C (0.2 to 2.50

bar) bar)
Tolerance (FS) at US ± 0.014 bar ± 0.034 bar

=5V
Expansion of Tolerance
4

3-pole Jetronic
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
Pin 5 -
Installation Notes
The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell.

ms) is recommended.

PSA-C
0.2 to 1.05 bar
PSA-C
0.2 to 2.50 bar
Dimensions
4
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 Weight w/o wire 17 g
Electrical Data
Current IS 9 mA
4 Characteristic
Response time T10/90 1 ms
Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V ± 0.028 bar
Tolerance (FS) ± 1.4 %
Sensitivity 2,236 mV/bar

Features (an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)
u Absolute air pressure measurements Offset 176 mV
u Measurement range 0.1 to 2.0 bar (an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)
u Analog output
This sensor is designed for precise measurements of ab-
Tolerance
solute air pressure, especially the air box and boost
pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
element and electronics for signal-amplification and
temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is
an analog, ratio metric signal.
nation of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with a
calibration sheet to enable very small measurement tol-
erances.
Application
Application 0.1 to 2.0 bar (a)

Max. pressure 5 bar
Max. vibration 280 m/s2 at 200 Hz, 125 m/s2 at

440 Hz, sine
Mechanical Data
Mounting M6
Fitting 12,05 mm

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
Pin 1 -
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 US
Pin 5 - 4
quest.
Sleeve DR-25
Wire Size AWG 24
Wire Length L 15 to 100 cm

quest.
Installation Notes
The PSB-2 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter (tau = 2

ms) is recommended.
To optimise the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration data

sheet is delivered with each sensor.

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2

Dimensions
53.4 L
41
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
23
7.4
4
14.7
26
45
7.5
11.85
12.7
4.4
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 Weight w/o wire 20 g
Electrical Data
Current IS 9 mA
Characteristic 4
Response time T10/90 0.2 ms

Features
(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)
Offset -71 mV
u Measurement range 0.5 to 4.0 bar (an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)
u Analog output
Tolerance
u Very short response time
sure, especially the air box and boost pressure of gaso-
line or Diesel engines over a wide range.
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temper-
ature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an ana-
log, ratio metric signal.
nation of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with a
calibration sheet to enable very small measurement tol-
erances. Furthermore the sensor has a very short re-
sponse time.
Application Expansion of Tolerance
Application 0.5 to 4 bar (a)
Max. pressure 6 bar
Mechanical Data
Mounting M6
Fitting 12.05 mm ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
Pin 5 -

quest.
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
4 Wire length L 15 to 100 cm
Installation Notes
The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.
To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration sheet

is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.bosch-

motorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Dimensions
Pressure Sensor Air PSP Weight w/o wire 17 g
Electrical Data
Max power supply US max 16 V
Current IS 9 mA
Characteristic 4

Features Offset 96 mV
Tolerance
u Measurement range 0.2 to 3.0 bar
u Analog output

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pres-
sure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Die-
sel engines.
element and an electronic for signal-amplification and
temperature compensation. The output of the sensor is
an analog, ratio metric signal.
nation of both high quality production part and motor-
sport connector. Expansion of Tolerance
Application
Application 0.2 to 3 bar (a)
Max. pressure 5 bar
Max. vibration 0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz

250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Mechanical Data
Mounting M6 ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
Fitting 12.05 mm Pin 1 -
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 US
Pin 5 -

quest.
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
4 Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 and
Diesel.

ms) is recommended.

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

Dimensions
Pressure Sensor Air PST Weight w/o wire 30 g
Electrical Data
Current IS 9 mA
Characteristic Application 1 4
Features Tolerance (FS) ± 1.39 %

u Absolute air pressure and temperature measure-
Offset -4.76 mV
ments
u Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 bar Tolerance
u Analog output

sure and air temperature, especially the air box pressure
of gasoline or Diesel engines.
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temper-
ature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an ana-
log, ratio metric signal. An NTC resistance is used for
temperature measurements.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (air pressure and air temperature) in one
housing. A further benefit of the PST is the high quality Expansion of Tolerance
of the series part at a low price.
Application
Application 1 0.1 to 1.15 bar (a)
Application 2 -40 to 125°C
Max. pressure 5 bar
Max. vibration 0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz Characteristic Application 2

250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz
sine T [°C] R [Ohm]
-40 45,313
-30 26,114
Mechanical Data
-20 15,462
Mounting M6
-10 9,397
Fitting 18 mm
0 5,896 For the temperature measurement, a 1 kOhm pull-up at 5 V is recom-

mended.
10 3,792
20 2,500
25 2,057
30 1,707 free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Da-
40 1,175
50 834 Ordering Information

60 596 Pressure Sensor Air PST
4 70 436
80 323
90 243
100 187
110 144
120 113
130 89
Resistance at 20°C 2.5 kOhm
Tolerance 5%
Response time tau 63 45 s at air ; v = 6 m/s

4-pole Compact
Pin 1 Gnd
Pin 2 NTC
Pin 3 US
Pin 4 Pressure Sig
Pin 5 -
Installation Notes
The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 and
Diesel.

ms) is recommended.
Dimensions
4
254 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 Response time

T10/90
1.5 ms 1.0 ms
Sensitivity 400 mV/bar at US = 400 mV/bar

5V
Offset 100 mV at US = 5 V 100 mV
Pin 1 - US
Pin 2 Gnd Gnd
Pin 3 Sig Sig
4 Pin 4 US -
Pin 5 - -
Mechanical Data
Male thread M10x1
Wrench size 17 mm
Installation torque 15 Nm
Features
u Absolute fluid pressure measurements Sealing O-ring 8.1 x 1.6 mm
u Measurement range 0 to 10 bar Electrical Data

u Analog output Power supply US Please see variations
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of Max power supply US max ± 30 V
various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, en-
gine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available Full scale output UA Please see variations
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with pie- Current IS 8 mA
zo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,
which are hermetically welded together with stainless Characteristic
steel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
Response time T10/90 Please see variations
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a Compensated range 0 to 90°C
production part at a low price.
Application
Tolerance (FS) ±1%
Application 0 to 10 bar (a) Sensitivity Please see variations
Pressure reference type absolute Offset Please see variations
Max. pressure 20 bar
Storage temp. range -20 to 50°C ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
Bio fuel compatibility E 85 / M 100 Sleeve DR-25
Max. vibration 100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz Wire size AWG 24
Variations quest.
PSC-10 (5 V) PSC-10 (12 V) Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Power supply US 4.75 to 5.25 V 9 to 30 V
Full scale output UA 10 to 90 % US ratio- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ra-

metric tiometric
04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 255
Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and
short-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid unde-
sired strong vibrations.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free
download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data 4
Logging System at our homepage.
PSC-10
4.75 to 5.25 V
PSC-10
9 to 30 V
Dimensions
M10x1
9.5 11
12 12
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 Installation torque 22 Nm in steel

32.5 Nm in aluminum
Weight w/o wire 35,2 g
Sealing sealed cone
Electrical Data
Full scale output UA 10 to 90 % US ratio metric

4 Current IS 12 mA
Characteristic
Load capacity 10 nF
Output resistance 10 Ω
Features
Tolerance (FS) + 1 % (0 to 100°C)
u Absolute fluid pressure measurement + 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)
u 0 to 260 bar
Sensitivity 15 mV/bar at US = 5 V
u For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluid
Offset 500 mV at US = 5 V
u Robust and compact design
u High robustness against vibrations
The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolute
pressure in gasoline direct injection applications. This Connector loom F 02U 000 228-01
sensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g. ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
Pin 1 -
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve high
accuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel Pin 2 Gnd
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermeti-
cally welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The in- Pin 3 Sig
ternal reference ensures ambient pressure independent Pin 4 US
measurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, Pin 5 -
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
quest.
Application
Application 0 to 260 bar (a) Sleeve DR-25
Pressure reference type absolute Wire size AWG 24
Max. pressure 320 bar Wire length L 13 to 95 cm
Operating temp. range -40 to 130°C (140°C)

Installation Notes
Media temp. range -40 to 130°C (140°C)
The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Please
Storage temp. range -30 to 60°C consider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
Max. vibration 560 m/s2 at 800 to 900 Hz The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity and
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz short-circuit.
Technical Specifications Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid unde-
Mechanical Data
Male thread M10 x 1
Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.
Wrench size 27 mm
download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Accessories
Adapter
Order number F 02U 002 711-01 4
Dimensions
Sensor
Adapter
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM Technical Specifications
Variations
0 to 12 0 to 250
Measuring range 0 to 12 bar 0 to 250 bar
Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V ± 0.12 bar ± 2.5 bar
Max. pressure 24 bar 500 bar
Mechanical Data
4 Male thread M10x1
Wrench size 16 mm
Electrical Data
Features Power supply US 8 to 16 V
Full scale output UA 4.9 V ± 1.5 %

u Absolute fluid pressure measurements
Current IS 25 mA
u Pressure measurement range 0 to 12 bar or 0 to
250 bar Characteristic
u High robustness against vibrations Compensated range 0 to 120°C
u Compact design Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V Please see Variations
u Analog output Tolerance (FS) ±1%
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of Sensitivity/Offset (an individual calibration sheet
various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, en- will be delivered)
gine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges. Connectors and Wires
The sensor utilises a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezo-
resistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of Mating connector F 02U 000 228-01
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded her- ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
metically.
An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with Pin 1 US
each sensor.
Pin 2 Gnd
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations. Pin 3 Sig
Application Pin 4 -
Pin 5 Scr
Application Please see Variations
Sleeve Viton
Wire size AWG 24
Max. pressure Please see Variations
quest.
Bio fuel compatibility E 85 / M 100
Installation Notes
Max. vibration 1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 5,000
Hz (sine)
The PSM can be connected directly to most control units.

100 % relative humidity is possible.
page.
PSM
0 to 12 bar
Order number B 261 209 331-01 4
PSM
0 to 250 bar
Dimensions
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S Technical Specifications
Variations
PSM-S (12 PSM-S (70

bar) bar)
Measuring range 0 to 12 bar 0 to 70 bar
Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V ± 0.24 bar ± 0.7 bar
Tolerance (FS) ±2% ±1%
Max. pressure 36 bar 210 bar
4 Mechanical Data
Male thread M8x1
Wrench size 13 mm

Features
u Absolute fluid pressure measurements
Electrical Data
u Pressure measurement range 0 to 12 bar or 0 to
70 bar Power supply US 8 to 16 V
u High robustness against vibrations Full scale output UA 4.7 V ± 1.5 %
u Compact design Characteristic
u Analog output Compensated range 0 to 125 °C
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V Please see variations
gine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available Tolerance (FS) Please see variations
for two different supply voltage ranges. Sensitivity/Offset (an individual calibration sheet
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as a force will be delivered)
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezo-
resistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of Connectors and Wires
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded her-
metically. Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with
each sensor.
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations. Pin 1 US
Application Pin 2 Gnd
Application 0 to 12 bar or 0 to 70 bar (a) Pin 3 Sig
Pressure reference type absolute Pin 4 -
Max. pressure Please see variations Pin 5 Scr
Operating temp. range -55 to 140°C Sleeve Viton
Media temp. range -55 to 140°C Wire size AWG 24
Storage temp. range -20 to 50°C Wire length L 15 to 100 cm
Bio fuel compatibility E85/M100 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
quest.
Max. vibration 1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 10,000
Hz (sine) Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The PSM-S can be connected directly to most control units.

100 % relative humidity is possible.
page.
PSM-S
0 to 12 bar, 36 bar, ± 0.24 bar, ± 2%
Order number F 01T A21 315-01 4
PSM-S
0 to 70 bar, 210 bar, ± 0.7 bar, ± 1%
Dimensions
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 Response time

T10/90
1.5 ms 1.0 ms
Sensitivity 400 mV/bar at US=5 400 mV/bar

V
Offset 100 mV at US=5 V 100 mV
Mating connector 3-pole Compact 3-pole Compact

D 261 205 339-1 D 261 205 334-01
Mechanical Data
Male thread M10x1

4 Wrench size 17 mm

Features
Electrical Data
u Absolute fluid pressure measurements Power supply US Please see variations
u Measurement range 0.5 to 11.0 bar Max power supply US max ± 30 V
u Analog output Full scale output UA Please see variations
u Integrated series connector Current IS 8 mA
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of Characteristic

gine oil, transmission oil or air. Response time T10/90 Please see variations
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with pie-
zo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique. Compensated range 0 to 90°C
These are hermetically welded together with stainless Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V ± 0.1 bar
steel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility. Tolerance (FS) ±1%
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price. The sensor is available Sensitivity Please variations
for two different supply voltage ranges. Offset Please variations
Application Connectors and Wires
Application 0.5 to 11 bar (a) Connector Bosch Compact
Pressure reference type absolute Mating connector Please see variations
Max. pressure 20 bar Pin 1 Gnd
Operating temp. range -40 to 125°C (140°C) Pin 2 Sig
Media temp. range -40 to 125°C (140°C) Pin 3 US
Storage temp. range -20 to 50°C Pin 4 -
Bio fuel compatibility E 85 / M 100 Pin 5 -
Max. vibration 100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz
2
Installation Notes
The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
Variations
PSS-10 (5 V) PSS-10 (12 V) short-circuit.
Power supply US 4.75 to 5.25 V 8 to 30 V Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid unde-
Full scale output UA 10 to 90% US ratio- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ra-
tiometric Each mounting orientation is possible.
metric
PSS-10
4.75 to 5.25 V
PSS-10
8 to 30 V 4
Dimensions
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R Media temp. range -40 to 125°C

(140°C)
-40 to 125°C
Full scale output UA 10 to 90% US ratio- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ra-

metric tiometric
Response time 1.5 ms 1.0 ms

T10/90
Sensitivity 400 mV/bar at US=5 400 mV/bar

V
4 Offset 500 mV at US=5 V 500 mV

D 261 205 339-01 D 261 205 334-01
Mechanical Data
Male thread M10x1
Wrench size 17 mm
Features
u Relative fluid pressure measurements Weight w/o wire 45 g
u Measurement range 0 to 10 bar Sealing O-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm
u Analog output Electrical Data
u Integrated series connector Power supply US Please see variations
This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of me- Max power supply US max ± 30 V
dia in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gas-
oline, water, engine oil, transmission oil, air). The sensor Full scale output UA Please see variations
is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
Current IS 8 mA
Characteristic
which are hermetically welded together with stainless
steel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media Response time T10/90 Please see variations
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a Compensated range 0 to 90 °C
Application
Tolerance (FS) ±1%
Application 0 to 10 bar (r) Sensitivity Please see variations
Pressure reference type relative Offset Please see variations
Max. pressure 20 bar Connectors and Wires

Operating temp. range Please see variations
Media temp. range Please see variations
Pin 1 Gnd
Pin 2 Sig
Max. vibration 100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz
Pin 3 US
Technical Specifications Pin 4 -
Variations Pin 5 -
PSS-10 (5 V) PSS-10 (12 V)
Operating temp. -40 to 125°C -40 to 125°C

range (140°C)
Installation Notes
The PSS-10R can be connected directly to most control units.
short-circuit.
PSS-10R
4.75 to 5.25 V
PSS-10R
8 to 30 V
Dimensions
Pressure Sensor Fluid Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-100R
PSS-100R (5 V) PSS-100R (12 V)

range (140°C)
Media temp. range -40 to 125°C -40 to 125°C

(140°C)

4 metric tiometric

T10/90
Sensitivity 40 mV/bar at US = 5 40 mV/bar

V
Offset 500 mV at US = 5 V 500 mV

D 261 205 339-01 D 261 205 339-01
Features
Mechanical Data
u Relative fluid pressure measurements
Male thread M10x1
u Measurement range 0 to 100 bar Wrench size 17 mm
u Analog output Installation torque 15 Nm
u Integrated series connector Weight w/o wire 45 g
This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of me- Sealing O-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm
oline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sen- Electrical Data
sor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with pie- Power supply US Please see variations
which are hermetically welded together with stainless Max power supply ± 30 V
steel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media Full scale output UA Please see variations
compatibility.
The main feature of this sensor is the high quality of a Current IS 8 mA
Characteristic
Application
Response time T10/90 Please see variations
Application 0 to 100 bar (r)
Pressure reference type relative
Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V ± 1 bar
Tolerance (FS) ±1%
Operating temp. range Please see variations
Sensitivity Please see variations
Media temp. range Please see variations
Offset Please see variations
Max. vibration 100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz
Pin 1 Gnd
Pin 2 Sig
Pin 3 US
Installation Notes
short-circuit.
PSS-100R
4.75 to 5.25 V
PSS-100R
8 to 30 V
Dimensions
Pressure Sensor Fluid Media temp. range -40 to 125°C

(140°C)
-40 to 125°C
PSS-250R Power supply US 4.75 to 5.25 V 8 to 30 V

metric tiometric

T10/90
Sensitivity 16 mV/bar at US = 5 16 mV/bar

V
4 Offset 500 mV at US = 5 V 500 mV

D 261 205 339-01 D 261 205 334-01
Mechanical Data
Male thread M10x1
Wrench size 17 mm
Features Installation torque 15 Nm

u Relative fluid pressure measurements
u Measurement range 0 to 250 bar
u Analog output Electrical Data
u Integrated series connector Power supply US Please see variations
This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of me- Max power supply US max ± 30 V
Full scale output UA Please see variations
oline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sen-
sor is available for two different supply voltage ranges. Current IS 8 mA
zo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, Characteristic
which are hermetically welded together with stainless
steel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media Response time T10/90 Please see variations
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a Compensated range 0 to 90°C
production part at a low price Tolerance (FS) ± 2.5 bar
Application Tolerance (FS) ±1%
Application 0 to 250 bar (r) Sensitivity Please see variations
Pressure reference type relative Offset Please see variations
Max. pressure 500 bar Connectors and Wires

Operating temp. range Please see variations Connector Bosch Compact
Media temp. range Please see variations Mating connector Please see variations
Storage temp. range -20 to 50°C Pin 1 Gnd
Bio fuel compatibility E 85 / M 100 Pin 2 Sig
Max. vibration 100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz
2
Pin 3 US
Technical Specifications Pin 4 -
Variations Pin 5 -
PSS-250R (5 V) PSS-250R (12 V)

range (140°C)
Installation Notes
short-circuit.
PSS-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V
PSS-250R
8 to 30 V
Dimensions
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260 Weight w/o wire 35.2 g
Sealing sealed cone
Electrical Data
Full scale output UA 10 to 90 % US ratiometric
Current IS 12 mA
4 Characteristic
Load capacity 10 nF
Output resistance 10 Ω
Tolerance (FS) + 1 % (0 to 100°C)

+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
Features
130°C)
u Absolute fluid pressure measurement Sensitivity 15 mV/bar at US = 5 V
u 0 to 260 bar Offset 500 mV at US = 5 V
u For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluid Connectors and Wires

u Robust and compact design Connector Bosch Compact
The PSS-260 is specially designed to measure absolute Mating connector 3-pole Compact
pressure in gasoline direct injection applications. This D 261 205 366-01
sensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid. Pin 1 Gnd
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve high Pin 2 Sig
accuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermeti- Pin 3 US
cally welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The in-
ternal reference ensures ambient pressure independent Installation Notes
measurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, The PSS-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Please
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact consider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
design.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity and
Application short-circuit.
Application 0 to 260 bar (a) sired strong vibrations.
Pressure reference type absolute Each mounting orientation is possible.
Max. pressure 320 bar Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.
Operating temp. range -40 to 130°C (140°C) The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Media temp. range -40 to 130°C (140°C) Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free
Max. vibration 127 m/s2 RMS at 800 to 2,500
Hz Ordering Information
Technical Specifications Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

Mechanical Data
Accessories
Male thread M10 x 1 Adapter
Wrench size 27 mm Order number F 02U 002 711-01
Installation torque 22 Nm in steel

32.5 Nm in aluminum
Dimensions
Sensor
Adapter
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F Wrench size 10 mm
Installation torque 11.5 Nm
Electrical Data
Full scale output UA 0.5 to 4.5 V
4 Current IS 9 mA
Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90 1 ms
Output load 10 kΩ
Sensitivity 727 mV/bar

Features
Offset 136 mV
u Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measure- Characteristic 2

ments
T [°C] R [Ω]
u Pressure measurement range 0.5 to 6.0 bar
-40 45,303
u Temperature measurement range -40 to 125°C
-30 26,108
u Analog output -20 15,458
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure -10 9,395
and temperature of various kinds of fluids e.g. Diesel,
gasoline, oil or transmission oil. 0 5,671
The PST-F is equipped with a piezo-resistive pressure
sensor element integrated in a silicon chip together with 10 3,791
signal processing electronics. The active surface of this 20 2,499
chip is exposed to a reference vacuum. The temperature
sensor element is an NTC-resistor. 30 1,706
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
40 1,174
functions (fluid pressure and fluid temperature) in one
housing. 50 834
Application 60 595
70 436
Application 1 0.5 to 6 bar (a)
80 322
90 243
Reference absolute
100 187
110 144
120 113
125 100
Biofuel compatibility E22, M15
Response Time tau 63 45 s in air; v = 6 m/s
60 m/s2 at 250 to 2,600 Hz
40 m/s2 at 2,600 to 3,200 Hz
Mechanical Data
Male thread M6
Weight without wire 30 g

Installation Notes
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter is recom-

mended.
(R = 21 kΩ, C = 100 nF)
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kΩ pull-up at 5 V is recommen-

ded.
Tolerance
4
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F


4-pole Compact
Pin 1 Gnd
Pin 2 NTC
Pin 3 US
Pin 4 Pressure Sig

Dimensions
4
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 Installation torque 40 Nm
Sealing Sealed cone
Electrical Data
Full scale output UA 0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric
Current IS 12 mA
Characteristic 1 4
Response time T10/90 Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (response time
of temperature signal in oil dip
Features bath 20 to 100°C)
Compensated range -40 to 130°C

u Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measure-
Tolerance (FS) at US +/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C
ments
+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
u Pressure measurement range 0 to 280 bar to 130°C
u Temperature measurement range -40 to 140°C Sensitivity 14.3 mV/bar at US = 5 V
This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline Offset 500 mV at US = 5 V

pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection
systems. Characteristic 2
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion of
T [°C] R [Ω]
a steel diaphragm, where strain gauges are placed to a
Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal is proportional -40 243,241
to the pressure and is processed in an application spe-
cific integrated circuit. -30 135,753
The temperature measurement is conducted by an NTC -20 78,716
thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its com-
pact design and the integration of two functions (tem- -10 47,258
perature and pressure measurements) in a common
housing. 0 29,287
10 18,684
Application
20 12,240
Application 1 0 to 280 bar (a)
30 8,218
40 5,642
Reference Absolute
50 3,955
60 2,826
Operating temp. range -40 to 130°C (140°C)
70 2,055
Media temp. range -40 to 130°C (140°C)
80 1,519
90 1,141
Biofuel compatibility E26, E85
100 868.4
175 m/s2 at 1,350 to 2,000 Hz 110 669.9
120 523.2
130 413.3
Mechanical Data
140 330.0
Male thread M10x1
Weight without wire 36 g
Wrench size 27 mm
Pin 1 Gnd
Pin 2 Sig
Pin 3 NTC
Pin 4 US
Installation Notes
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with an

optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
Please note that using the adapter F 02U 002 956-01 in connection
with the PST-F 2 the ambient conditions could be changed (e.g. medi-
um temperature dissipation or undesired vibrations).
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity and

short-circuit.
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

Accessories
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 Adapter
Order number F02U 002 956-01
Dimensions
Sensor
Adapter
278 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers
Electrical Data
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-
Power supply US 5V
RP 100-M
Max. power supply <15 V
Total resistance 1.5 kΩ ± 20%
Current Is 1 μA
Max. allowable contact current 1 mA
Characteristic
Max. rotation speed 120 min-1

4
Temp. coefficient 5 ppm/°K
Direction of rotation Anti-clockwise
Both rotation directions are available on request.
Connector loom ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 (A) US
Features
Pin 2 (B) Gnd
u Rotational movement measurement Pin 3 (C) Sig
u Measurement range: 0 to 100° Pin 4 (D) -
u Compact design Pin 5 (E) -
u Robust housing Sleeve DR-25
This sensor is designed to measure rotational move- Wire size AWG 24

ment, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The quest.
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with a Please specify the required wire length with your order.
metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fit-
ted in a shrink down boot for additional protection. Installation Notes
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of
high accuracy, motorsports spec connection and a very The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most con-
small and robust aluminum housing. trol units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Application
Application 0 to 100°
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on re-
Storage temperature range 0 to 100°C quest.
Max. vibration 200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free
Technical Specifications Logging System at our homepage.
Mechanical Data Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire 32 g Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
Protection class IP65 Order number B 261 209 587-01
Mounting 2 x M4
Lifetime 50 x 106 rotations
Housing Aluminum alloy

04 Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 279
Dimensions
4
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50- Connector ASL

6-06-05PA-
KPTA
6E6-4P-C-DN
ASL
6-06-05PA-
M/130-M/350-M HE HE
Mating connec- ASL KPTA ASL

tor 0-06-05SA- 1E6-4S-C-DN 0-06-05SA-
HE F 02U 000 HE
F 02U 000 108-01 F 02U 000
226-01 226-01
Mechanical Data
4 Protection class IP66
Mounting 2 x M4
Electrical Data
Power supply US 5V
Maximal power supply 42 V
Total resistance Please see Variations

Features
Current IS 1 μA
u Rotational movement measurement Max. allowable contact current Please see Variations
u Measurement range: 0 to 50°, 0 to 130° or 0 to Characteristic

350°
u Robust aluminum housing
u Wide operating temperature range
These sensors are designed to measure rotational move-
ment, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position Connector Please see Variations
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a Mating connector Please see Variations
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
Pin 1 (A) US
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housings and the bearings are made of high tempera- Pin 2 (B) Gnd
ture resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected
with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sen- Pin 3 (C) Sig
sors are fitted in a shrink down boot for additional pro-
Pin 4 (D) -
tection.
The main benefit of these sensors is the combination of Pin 5 (E) -
high accuracy, very robust aluminum housing and motor-
sport spec connection. Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24

Application
Measuring range Please see Variations
Operating temperature range -55 to 125°C quest.

Variations Installation Notes
RP 50-M RP 130-M RP 350-M The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most con-
trol units.
Measuring 0 to 50° 0 to 130° 0 to 350°
range The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Total resist- 3 kΩ 4 kΩ 8 kΩ Each mounting orientation is possible.
ance
Max. allowable 1 mA 10 mA 1 mA
contact current

quest.
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M


Order number B 261 209 576-01 4
Dimensions
Characteristic
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
Direction of rotation Anti-Clockwise

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 (A) US
4 Pin 2 (B) Gnd
Pin 3 (C) Sig
Pin 4 (D) -
Features Pin 5 (E) -
Sleeve DR-25
u Rotational movement measurement
Wire size AWG 24
u Measurement range 0 to 55°
u Quill shaft mounting
This sensor is designed to measure rotational move- quest.
ment, e.g. spring travel.
A rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive Please specify the required wire length with your order.
element which is supplied with voltage. Thus a voltage
proportional to the angle can be measured. The housing Installation Notes
is made of shock resistant aluminum. The internals are
made of high temperature resistant synthetic material. The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most con-
The main benefit of this sensor is the special way of trol units.
mounting with a quill shaft.
Application Each mounting orientation is possible.
Application 0 to 55° The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Operating temperature range -25 to 75°C Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on re-
quest.
Max. vibration 100 m/s2 at 30 to 500 Hz download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Mechanical Data
Protection class IP63
Mounting di 6 mm
Electrical Data
Power supply US 5V
Total resistance 5 kΩ
Current Is 1 μA

Dimensions
4
Characteristic
Redundancy No

4 3-pole Compact
Pin 1 (A) US
Pin 2 (B) Gnd
Pin 3 (C) Sig
Pin 4 (D) -
Features
Pin 5 (E) -
Installation Notes
u Measurement range: 0 to 86°
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most con-
u Compact design trol units.
This sensor is designed to measure rotational move- The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø 14.65x2 sealing.
ment, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a Each mounting orientation is possible.
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on re-
resistant plastic. quest.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a
high quality production part and extremely short dimen- Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free
sions
Application
Angle between internal mechani- 95° Order number 0 280 122 016
cal stops
Mechanical Data
Mounting 2 x M4
Housing Synthetic material
Electrical Data
Power supply US 5V
Total resistance 2 kΩ ±20 %
Current Is 18 µA
Dimensions
4
Rotary Potentiometer Mounting 2 x M4

RP 100/130/308
Electrical Data
Power supply US 5V
Total resistance Please see variations
Current Is 1 µA
4
Characteristic
Both rotation directions are available on request
Features Connectors and Wires

u Measurement range: 0 to 100°, 0 to 130° or 0 to ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
308° Pin 1 (A) US
u Wide operating temperature range Pin 2 (B) Gnd
This sensor is designed to measure rotational move- Pin 3 (C) Sig
ment, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle. Pin 4 (D) -
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus Pin 5 (E) -
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The Sleeve DR-25
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with a Wire size AWG 24
ted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
both high accuracy and motorsports spec connection. quest.
Application Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Application Please see variations Installation Notes

Max. vibration 200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz trol units.

Variations
RP 100 RP 130 RP 308
Measuring range 0 to 100° 0 to 130° 0 to 308° motorsport.com
Total resistance 3 kΩ ± 20 % 3 kΩ ± 20 % 5 kΩ ± 20 % Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on re-
quest.
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire 32 g Data Logging System at our homepage.

RP 100
RP 130
RP 308
Dimensions
4
Electrical Data
Rotary Potentiometer
Power supply US 5V
RP 100 twin
Current IS 1 µA
Characteristic

4
Direction of rotation Clockwise
Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy
Features
u Dual output
u Wide operating temperature range

This sensor is designed to measure rotational move- Connectors and Wires
ment, e.g. gearbox position or throttle angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a Connector AS 6-07-35PN
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus Mating connector F 02U 000 238-01
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The AS 0-07-35SN
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with a Pin 1 US
ted in a shrink down boot for additional protection. Pin 2 Gnd
The main benefit of this sensor is the extremely high re- Pin 3 Sig1
liability through the redundant sensor design.
Pin 4 US
Application
Pin 5 Gnd
Pin 6 Sig2
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
Technical Specifications Wire length L 16 to 30 cm
Mechanical Data Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Weight w/o wire 32 g Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
Protection class IP65 Installation Notes

Mounting 2 x M4
Lifetime 50 x 106 rotations trol units.
Housing Synthetic material The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.bosch-

motorsport.com).

quest.
Data Logging System at our homepage.
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin

Order number B 261 209 591-02 4
Dimensions
Electrical Data
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-
Power supply US 5V
M
Maximal power supply 42 V
Current Is 1 µA
Characteristic

4
Redundancy No
Features Mating connector F 02U 000 226-01

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
u Rotational movement measurement Pin 1 (A) US
u Measurement range: 0 to 345° Pin 2 (B) Gnd

u Robust aluminum housing Pin 3 (C) Sig
u Wide operating temperature range Pin 4 (D) -
This sensor is designed to measure rotational move- Pin 5 (E) -

Sleeve DR-25
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a Wire size AWG 24
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The Wire length L 16 to 30 cm
housing is made of shock resistant aluminum. The inter-
nal is made of high temperature resistant synthetic ma- quest.
terial. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cov-
er to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a Please specify the required wire length with your order.
shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of Installation Notes
both high accuracy and very tough aluminum housing.
Application trol units.
Application 0 to 345° The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Operating temperature range -40 to 150°C Each mounting orientation is possible.
Max. vibration 200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

2 The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Technical Specifications quest.
Mechanical Data Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free
Weight w/o wire 32 g Logging System at our homepage.
Mounting 2 x M4
Lifetime 50 x 106 rotations Order number F 01T A21 400-01
Dimensions
4
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360- Lifetime 20 x 106 operations of ±75°

H
Electrical Data
Power supply US 5 V regulated
9 V to 30 V unregulated
Total resistance 10 kΩ
Current Is < 12.5 mA

4
Resolution 0.025 % of measurement range
Output voltage range 0.5 to 4.5 V
Output load 10 kΩ
Characteristic
Temp. coefficient < 30 ppm/°K in 5 V supply mode
< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V sup- < 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V sup-

Features ply mode ply mode

u Hall effect technology
Redundancy No
u Analogue output 0.5 to 4.5 V

This sensor is designed to measure rotational move-
or steering angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The an-
gular position is provided by a two pole magnet integra-
ted in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movable
specially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to con-
trol flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly vary-
ing output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall ef-
fect technology and its robust design for motorsport ap- Connectors and Wires
plications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.
Application ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Application 0 to 360° Pin 1 (A) US
Operating temperature range -40 to 140°C (5 V supply) Pin 2 (B) Gnd
Storage temperature range -55 to 140°C Pin 3 (C) Sig
Max. vibration 200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz Pin 4 (D) -
Pin 5 (E) -
Sleeve DR-25
Mechanical Data
Wire size AWG 22
Wire length L 16 cm
Mounting 2 x M4

quest.
Installation Notes

trol units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit are 4
aligned as shown in the offer drawing.
Operating temperature range for unregulated supply: -40 to 137°C (9

V supply). Derate upper temperature limit by 0.57°C for every 1 V in-
crease in supply, e.g. -40 to 125°C at 30 V.
Both rotation directions and other measurement ranges are available

on request.
page.
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H

Dimensions
294 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA- Installation depth L2 30 mm
D 90
Electrical Data
Power supply 5 to 18 V
Current IS 20 mA
Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the fall- < 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)

ing edge of tooth < 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)
4 Signal output 0.52 V to < US
Environment
Features
Target wheel diameter D 162.34 mm
u Wheel/camshaft*/crankshaft speed
Thickness t 12.5 mm
u Also available with 0°, 180° and 270° mounting po- Width of teeth b1 3.8 mm
sition
Width of gap b2 4.7 mm
u Very high precision measurement
Width of sync. gap b3 20.79 mm
u Self-learning
Depth of teeth h 3.4 mm
u Measuring of differences with 2 Hall sensors
Number of teeth 60-2
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of
rotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft or wheel Connectors and Wires
speed), but it is not a “true power-on” sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
front of the HA-D 90, the magnetic field is modulated at Mating connector F 02U 000 228-01
the place of the Hall probe. ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential Pin 1 US
measuring method. This sensor is a combination of a
high quality production part and robust design with a Pin 2 Gnd
small housing. Pin 3 Sig
*: see Installation Notes
Pin 4 Nc
Application
Pin 5 Nc
Application Speed Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
Max. frequency ≤ 10 kHz Sleeve DR-25
Target wheel air gap AG 0.4 to 1.0 mm Wire size AWG 24
Temperature range -40 to 150°C Wire length L 15 to 100 cm
Output circuit Open collector for 1 kΩ Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Output type Active high
Installation Notes
External magnetic fields ≤ 50 mT
The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of
Max. vibration 1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotation
of the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of two teeth.
The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units and data
Mechanical Data logging systems
Weight w/o wire 12 g Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.
Mounting Screw 1 x M6 Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
Bore diameter 11.8 mm For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the

technical function has to be tested individually.
04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 295

page.
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90

Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Electrical Data
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-
Power supply 5 to 16 V (24 V for max. 5 min.)
Di
Current IS <20 mA
Power-on time 1 ms
Characteristic
Signal output width forward 37 to 53 μs (45)
Signal output width backward 75 to 105 μs (90)
Accuracy (tolerance) ±1.5° (for forward direction)

4 Signal output 0.52 V to < US
Features
u Wheel / crankshaft speed
u Available with 0°, 90°, 180° and 270° mounting po-

sition
Signal output width (forward: green, backward: red)
u Detecting the rotational direction
Environment
u Self-learning
u Measuring of differences with 3 Hall sensors
Thickness t 12.5 mm
Width of teeth b1 3.8 mm
rotational wheel or crankshaft speed.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in Width of gap b2 4.7 mm
front of the HA-Di, the magnetic field of the built-in mag-
net is modulated at the place of the sensors diff. Width of sync. gap b3 20.79 mm
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the detec- Depth of teeth h 3.4 mm
tion of the rotational direction.
Application
Alternative Target Wheel
Application Speed
Target wheel diameter 118 to 370 mm
Max. frequency ≤ 10 kHz forward
≤ 6 kHz backward Width of teeth b1 2.2 to 3.8 mm
Target wheel air gap AG 0.4 to 1.2 mm Width of gap b2 ≥4 mm
Temperature range -40 to 150°C Depth of teeth h ≥4 mm
Output circuit Open collector for 1 kΩ Target wheel width ≥5 mm
External magnetic fields ≤ 100 mT Relative magnetic permeability μ (r) ≥1000
Max. vibration 1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz Connectors and Wires
Technical Specifications Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Mechanical Data Mating connector F 02U 000 228-01

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
Pin 1 US
Mounting Screw 1 x M6
Pin 2 Gnd
Bore diameter 12-0.2 mm
Pin 3 Sig
Installation depth L2 30 mm
Pin 4 Nc
Pin 5 Nc
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
Installation Notes
The HA-Di is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of trig- 4

ger wheel teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without ro-
tation of the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of two
teeth.
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.


page.
HA-Di 0
HA-Di 90
HA-Di 180
HA-Di 270
Dimensions
Direction of rotation of the target wheel

View A
HA-Di 0 HA-Di 90 HA-Di 180 HA-Di 270
60-2 Teeth
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M Active high, without connector
Red US
Black Gnd
Green Sig
Mechanical Data
Mounting 1 x M6
Bore diameter 11.8 mm

4
Features Installation depth L2 30 mm
u Camshaft/crankshaft/wheel speed
Electrical Data
u Max. frequency 10 kHz
u Self-learning
Current IS 5.6 to 18 mA
u Active high/low programmable
Characteristic
rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel Accuracy repeatability of the fall- < 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
speed). ing edge of tooth < 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in
front of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated at the Signal output 0.52 V to < Us
place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element
with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this Environment
change and generates a digital output signal. We offer
this sensor with two different types of output: Active
high and Active low. Thickness t 12.5 mm
nation of a high quality production part and robust de- Width of teeth b1 3.8 mm
sign with metal housing and motorsport connectors. Width of gap b2 4.7 mm
Application Width of sync. gap b3 20.79 mm
Application Speed Depth of teeth h 3.4 mm
Max. frequency ≤10 kHz Number of teeth 60-2
Target wheel air gap 0.5 to 1.5 mm Connectors and Wires

Temperature range - 40 to 160°C Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
Output circuit Open collector for 1 kOhm Pin layout Please see Variations
Output type Please see Ordering Information Sleeve DR-25
External magnetic fields < 1 mT Wire size AWG 24
Max. vibration 1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
2
Technical Specifications Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Variations Installation Notes

Active low with connector / active high with connector The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
Connector ASU 6-03-03PN-HE logging systems.
Mating connector F 02U 000 199-01 Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
ASU 0-03-03SN-HE For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
Pin 1 US If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig

page.
HA-M
Active low
HA-M
4 Active high
HA-M
Active high, without connector
Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Electrical Data
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Power supply 4.5 to 24 V
Current IS 10 mA
Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the fall- < 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)

ing edge of tooth < 2 % (≤10 kHz)
Signal output 0.4 V to < US
Environment
Target wheel diameter D 162.34 mm 4

Thickness t 12.5 mm

Features
Depth of teeth h 3.4 mm
u Camshaft or Wheel speed Number of teeth 60-2
u 24.0 mm depth Connectors and Wires
u Robust design Connector 1 928 404 227
u Active low Mating connector D 261 205 335-01

3-pole Compact
rotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel speed). Pin 1 Gnd
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in
Pin 2 Sig
front of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at the
place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element Pin 3 US
with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this
change and generates a digital output signal. Installation Notes
nation of a high quality production part and robust de- The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data log-
sign with metal housing. ging systems.
Application Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
Application Speed For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
Max. frequency ≤ 10 kHz If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the
Target wheel air gap 0.5 to 1.4 mm
Temperature range -40 to 150°C sensor specifications.
Output type Active low Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Output circuit Open collector for 1 kΩ
Max. vibration 1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P

Technical Specifications Order number 0 232 103 037
Mechanical Data
Mounting With screw 1 x M6
Bore diameter 18 mm
Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA- Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
P2
Bore diameter 15 mm
Electrical Data
4
Power supply US 4.75 to 18 V
Current Is 10 mA
Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth
up to 1.5 mm < 4 % (≤ 10 kHz)

up to 2.5 mm < 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Features
Signal output 0.4 V to < US
u Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speed
u 15 mm depth
Connector Hirschmann 872-658-501
u Very small housing Cod.A
u Very light weight Mating connector F 02U B00 520-01
u Active low Pin 1 US
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of Pin 2 Sig

rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel- Pin 3 Gnd
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in Environment
front of the HA-P2, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element Target wheel diameter D 162.34 mm
with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this
change and generates a digital output signal. Thickness t 12.5 mm
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combi- Width of teeth b1 3.8 mm
nation of a high quality production part, robust design,
very small housing and low weight. Width of gap b2 4.7 mm
Application Width of sync. gap b3 20.79 mm
Application Depth of teeth h1 3.4 mm

Application Speed
Max. frequency ≤10 kHz Installation Notes

Target wheel air gap 0.5 to 2.5 mm Application Notes
Temperature range -40 to 160°C The HA-P2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Output type Active low
External magnetic fields < 0.1 mT

page.
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2

Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini- Pin 1 US US
HA-P Pin 2 Gnd Sig
Pin 3 Sig Gnd
Pin 4 Nc -
Pin 5 Nc -
Mechanical Data

4
Electrical Data
Current IS 10 mA
Features
Characteristic
u Camshaft or Wheel speed
Accuracy repeatability of the fall- < 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
u Max. frequency ≤10 kHz ing edge of tooth < 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)
u High vibration resistance Signal output 0.4 V to < US
u Low weight Environment

u Small housing Target wheel diameter D 162.34 mm
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of Thickness t 12.5 mm
rotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in Width of teeth b1 3.8 mm
front of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor ele-
ment with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects Width of sync. gap b3 20.79 mm
this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combi- Depth of teeth h 3.4 mm
nation of a high quality production part and robust de- Number of teeth 60-2
sign with a very small housing.
Application
Connector Please see Variations
Application Speed
Max. frequency ≤ 10 kHz
Sleeve HT wire ø 5.2 mm
Wire size AWG 20
Wire length L < 27 cm
External magnetic fields ≤ 0.3 mT Installation Notes
Max. vibration 1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and da-
ta logging systems.
Variations
Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE 1 234 482 092 If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the
Mating connector ASL 0-06-05SC-HE F 02U B00 555-01 technical function has to be tested individually.

page.
Mini-HA-P
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Mini-HA-P
4 1 234 482 092
Dimensions
4
60-2 Teeth
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini- Technical Specifications
Variations
HA-P sealed
Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE Without connector
Mating connector ASL 0-06-05SC-HE -

F 02U 000 228-01
Pin 1 US US (red)
Pin 2 Gnd Sig (green)
Pin 3 Sig Gnd (black)
Pin 4 Nc - 4
Pin 5 Nc -
Mechanical Data
Bore diameter 16 mm
Features
u Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speed Tightening torque 8 Nm
u Max. frequency ≤10 kHz
Electrical Data
u High vibration resistance
u Very small housing
Current IS 10 mA
u O-ring sealing
Characteristic
rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft and wheel- Accuracy repeatability of the fall- < 3 % (≤6 kHz)
speed). ing edge of tooth < 5 % (≤10 kHz)
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in Signal output 0.4 V to < US
front of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect Environment
sensor element with integrated signal conditioning cir-
cuit detects this change and generates a digital output Target wheel diameter D 162.34 mm
signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combi- Thickness t 12.5 mm
nation of a high quality production part and a robust de- Width of teeth b1 3.8 mm
sign with a very small housing.
Application
Application Speed Depth of teeth h 3.4 mm
Max. frequency ≤ 10 kHz Number of teeth 60-2
Connector Please see Variations
Sleeve HT wire ø 5.2 mm
Wire size AWG 20
External magnetic fields ≤ 0.3 mT
Wire length L < 27 cm
Max. vibration 1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
quest.

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control units



4 Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Mini-HA-P sealed
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Mini-HA-P sealed
without connector
Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Electrical Data
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Coil resistance 1,200 Ω
Inductance max. 400 mH
Output voltage max. 190 VP-P
Environment
Thickness t > 5 mm

4
Depth of teeth h1 3.5 mm

Features Depth of teeth h2 1.75 mm

u Crankshaft/wheel speed
u 32.2 mm depth/lead
u Bore diameter 12.5 mm
u Max. operating temperature 230°C

rotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a
soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with
two connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gear
turns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil
which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on a
periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a
high quality production part and robust, high tempera-
ture resistance. Additionally the installation depth can
be changed according to the customer request.
Application Connectors and Wires
Connector ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Application Speed
Max. frequency ≤ 15 kHz ASL 0-06-05PN-HE
Target wheel air gap AG 0.8 ± 0.3 mm Pin 1 -
Operating temp. range (sensing -40 to 230°C Pin 2 Gnd
head)
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
Max. vibration 800 m/s2 max. 80 h
Pin 5 Scr
Mechanical Data quest.
Magnetic pole Round Sleeve DR-25
Bore diameter 12.5 mm Wire size AWG 24
Weight w/o wire 30 g Wire length L 10 to 100 cm
Installation depth L2 32.2 mm Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA is developed for wheels made of ferro-

magnetic material.

The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according to

customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
page.
4
Inductive Speed Sensor IA

Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Electrical Data
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Coil resistance 860 Ω ± 10 %
Inductance max. 370 mH ± 15 %
Output voltage max. 200 VP-P
Environment
Thickness t > 5 mm

4
Features
u Crankshaft/wheel speed Depth of teeth h2 1.75 mm
u 24.0 mm, 315° depth/lead Number of teeth 60-2
u Bore diameter 18 mm Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of Connector 1 928 404 227
rotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a Mating connector D 261 205 335-01
soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with 3-pole Compact
two connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gear Pin 1 Sig+
which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in Pin 2 Sig-
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on a
Pin 3 Scr
points. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector quest.
options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a Please specify the required wire length with your order.
high quality production part and robust, compact de-
sign.
Application
Application Speed
Target wheel air gap AG 0.8 ± 0.3 mm
Operating temp. range (sensing -40 to 130°C

head)
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole Round
Bore diameter 18 mm Installation Notes
Tightening torque 8 Nm The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of fer-
romagnetic material.
Installation depth L2 23.7 mm

page.
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of fer-
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Inductive Speed Sensor IS Weight w/o wire 30 g
Electrical Data
Coil resistance 1,200 Ω
Output voltage max. 190 V P-P
Environment
Target wheel diameter D 160.43 mm 4

Thickness t > 5 mm
Features Depth of teeth h1 3.5 mm

u Crankshaft/wheel speed
u 32.2 mm depth/lead
Connector ASL 6-06-05SN-HE
u Max. operating temperature 230°C
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of ASL 0-06-05PN-HE
rotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a Pin 1 Nc
Pin 2 Sig-
two connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gear
turns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil Pin 3 Sig+
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on a Pin 4 Nc
periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition Pin 5 Scr
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
high quality production part and robust, high tempera-
Sleeve DR-25
ture resistance. Additionally the installation depth can
be changed according to the customer request. Wire size AWG 24
Application Wire length L 10 to 100 cm

Application Speed
Max. frequency ≤15 kHz

head)
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole Round
Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS is developed for wheels made of ferro-

magnetic material.

The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according to

customer request.
4 page.
Inductive Speed Sensor IS

Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C Weight w/o wire 25 g
Electrical Data
Environment
Thickness t > 5 mm 4

Features
u Crankshaft or Wheel speed Connector ASL 6-06-05SN-HE
u 3/8-24 UNF-2A THD Mating connector F 02U 000 237-01
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE
Pin 1 Nc
u Metal housing
Pin 2 GND
rotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed). Pin 3 Sig+
Pin 4 Nc
two connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gear Pin 5 Scr
which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on a quest.
periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition Sleeve DR-25
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a Wire size AWG 24
high quality production part with very compact design,
and high temperature resistance. Wire length L Max. 50 cm

Application
Application Speed

head)
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole Round
Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed for wheels made of fer-

This sensor is also available with a M10x1 male thread.
page.
4
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
Environment
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T
Thickness t > 5 mm

4
Features Connector ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

u Turbocharger speed ASL 0-06-05PN-HE
u Max. 15 mm depth/lead Pin 1 Nc
u Bore diameter 6.3 mm Pin 2 GND
u Metal housing Pin 3 Sig
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of Pin 4 Nc

rotational speed of a turbo charger. Pin 5 Scr
soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
two connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gear quest.
Sleeve DR-25
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on a Wire size AWG 24
points. Wire length L 10 to 100 cm
The main benefit of this sensor is robustness, a very Please specify the required wire length with your order.
compact design and high temperature resistance.
Application
Application Speed

head)
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole Round
Tightening torque 1.4 Nm Installation Notes

This inductive speed sensor IS-T is developed for wheels made of fer-
Installation depth L2 20 mm romagnetic material by turbo charger.
Electrical Data If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the
Inductance max. 2.6 mH
page.
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

Dimensions
60-2 Teeth
04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 323
Electrical Data
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-
Characteristic NTC
HS
Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous ± 0.3°C

cond.)
Accuracy at 100°C (homogene- ± 1.3°C

ous cond.)
Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C 1%

4
Response time tau in still water <4s
63
Characteristic Application
T [°C] R [Ω]
-55 519,910
-35 158,090
Features -20 71,668
-10 44,087
u Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C
0 27,936
u Very short response time 10 18,187
u Strong protection against ambient temperature 20 12,136
u Compact and robust design 25 10,000
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to 30 8,284
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as a
control value for engine control units or as a measure- 40 5,774
ment value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
50 4,103
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing tempera- 60 2,967
ture the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient tem- 70 2,182
perature, the housing is made of stainless steel and 80 1,629
partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design 90 1,234
and its very short response time.
100 946.6
Application
120 578.1
Application -55 to 300°C 140 368.8
Storage temperature range 0 to 100°C 160 244.4
Bio fuel compatibility - 180 167.6
200 118.5
220 86.08
Mechanical Data
240 64.08
Male thread M5x1
260 48.76
Wrench size 8 mm
280 37.86
300 29.94
Weight w/o wire 6g
Sealing O-Ring 4 x 1 mm
324 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors
Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE
Pin 1 -
Pin 2 Sig-
Pin 3 Sig+
Pin 4 -
Pin 5 -

quest.
Wire size AWG 24
Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kΩ) .
page.
Data Logging System at our homepage.
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS

Dimensions
Electrical Data
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
Characteristic NTC
Max. power at 25°C 200 mW
Nominal resistance at 25°C 49.12 kΩ
Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C ± 1.84°C
Response time tau 63 in still wa- <7s

4
ter
T [°C] R [Ω]
-25 657,350
Features
-15 365,040
u Wide measurement range: -25 to 300°C 0 162,210
This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures 10 98,322

e.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a con- 25 49,120
trol value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system. 40 26,065
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing tempera- 60 12,140
ture the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. 80 6,119
The sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk
which is connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG 100 3,300
24 wire. To improve the response time, the element is
120 1,885
molded into a high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of 140 1,132
both high quality production part and a robust, compact
design. It is especially designed to measure high tem- 160 710
peratures (up to 300°C).
180 463
Application 200 312
Application -25 to 300°C 220 217
Storage temperature range 0 to 100°C 240 155
Bio fuel compatibility - 260 113
Max. vibration 800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz 280 85
300 64
Mechanical Data
Male thread M6x1
Wrench size 10 mm
Sealing O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm


ASL 0-06-05SN-HE
Pin 1 -
Pin 2 Sig-
Pin 3 Sig+
Pin 4 -
4 Pin 5 -

quest.
Wire size AWG 24
Installation Notes
The NTC M6-H can be connected directly to most control units using a
pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

Dimensions
Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C (homogene- ± 0.3 °C
HS ous cond.)
Accuracy at 100 °C (homogene- ± 1.3 °C

ous cond.)
Response time tau 63 in still wa- <4s

ter
T [°C] R [Ω] 4
-55 519,910
-35 158,090
-20 71,668
-10 44,087
Features
0 27,936
u Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C 10 18,187
u Very short response time 20 12,136
u Strong protection against ambient temperature 25 10,000
30 8,284
u Robust design
40 5,774
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300 °C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as a 50 4,103
control value for engine control units or as a measure-
ment value which is logged in a data acquisition system. 60 2,967
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
70 2,182
coefficient. This means, that with increasing tempera-
ture the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. 80 1,629
To improve a good protection against the ambient tem-
perature, the housing is made of stainless steel and 90 1,234
partly filled with an isolation-paste. 100 946.6
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and com-
pact design and its very short response time. 110 735.5
Application 120 578.1
130 459.4
Application -55 to 300 °C
140 368.8
Storage temperature range 0 to 100 °C
150 298.9
Bio fuel compatibility -
160 244.4
170 201.6
Mechanical Data 180 167.6
Male thread M6x1 190 140.4
Wrench size 10 mm 200 118.5
Installation torque 8 Nm 210 100.7
Weight w/o wire 6.5 g 220 86.08
Sealing O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm 230 74.05
Electrical Data 240 64.08
Characteristic NTC 250 55.75
Nominal resistance at 25 °C 10 kΩ 260 48.76

270 42.87
280 37.86
290 33.59
300 29.94

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE
Pin 1 -
Pin 2 Sig-
Pin 3 Sig+
Pin 4 -
Pin 5 -

quest.
Wire size AWG 24
Installation Notes
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Logging at our homepage.

Dimensions
Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous ± 0.3°C
HS cond.)
Accuracy at 100°C (homogene- ± 1.3°C

ous cond.)
Response time tau in still water <4s

63
T [°C] R [Ω] 4
-55 519,910
-35 158,090
-20 71,668
Features -10 44,087
0 27,936
u Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C
10 18,187
20 12,136
u Strong protection against ambient temperature
25 10,000
u Robust design
30 8,284
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
40 5,774
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as a
control value for engine control units or as a measure- 50 4,103
ment value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature 60 2,967
70 2,182
ture the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient tem- 80 1,629
perature, the housing is made of stainless steel and
partly filled with an isolation-paste. 90 1,234
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust design 100 946.6
and its very short response time.
110 735.5
Application
120 578.1
Application -55 to 300°C 130 459.4
Storage temperature range 0 to 100°C 140 368.8
Bio fuel compatibility - 150 298.9
Technical Specifications 160 244.4
Mechanical Data 170 201.6
Male thread M8x1 180 167.6
Wrench size 12 mm 190 140.4
Installation torque 8 Nm 200 118.5
Weight w/o wire 8g 210 100.7
Sealing O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm 220 86.08
230 74.05
Electrical Data
240 64.08
Characteristic NTC
250 55.75
260 48.76
270 42.87
280 37.86
290 33.59
300 29.94

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE
Pin 1 -
Pin 2 Sig-
Pin 3 Sig+
Pin 4 -
Pin 5 -

quest.
Wire size AWG 24
Installation Notes

Dimensions
4
Characteristic
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Response time tau 63 in still wa- < 15 s

ter
T [°C] R [Ω]
-40 45,313
4 -30 26,114
-20 15,462
-10 9,397
0 5,896
Features 10 3,792
20 2,500
u Measurement range: -40 to 130°C
30 1,707
u Robust design
40 1,175
This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures
e.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a con- 50 834
60 596
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature 70 436
ture the conductivity rises. The sensing element of the 80 323
temperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy 90 243
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which are
equipped with a protective housing. 100 187
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of a
high quality production part and a robust compact de- 110 144
sign. 120 113
Application 130 89
Application -40 to 130°C
Storage temp. range 0 to 100°C
Bio fuel compatibility E85/M22
Mechanical Data
Male thread M12x1.5
Wrench size 19 mm Connectors and Wires

Installation torque 25 Nm Connector Bosch Jetronic
Weight w/o wire 29 g Mating connector D 261 205 288-01
2-pole Jetronic
Sealing Not included
Pin 1 SIG+
Electrical Data
Pin 2 SIG-
Characteristic NTC
Nominal resistance at 20°C 2.5 kΩ ± 5 %

Installation Notes
The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using a

motorsport.com
Data Logging at our homepage.
4
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Dimensions
Characteristic
H
Response time tau 63 in still wa- < 15 s

ter
T [°C] R [Ω]
-40 45,313
4 -30 26,114
-20 15,462
-10 9,397
0 5,896
Features
10 3,792
u Measurement range: -40 to 150°C 20 2,500
u Robust design 30 1,707
This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures 40 1,175

e.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a con- 50 834
value which is logged in a data acquisition system. 60 596
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
70 436
temperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which are 90 243
equipped with a protective housing.
100 187
high quality production part and a robust compact de- 110 144
sign.
120 113
Application
130 89
Application -40 to 150°C 140 71
Storage temperature range -30 to 60°C 150 57
Mechanical Data
Male thread M12x1.5
Wrench size 19 mm
Sealing Al-washer Connectors and Wires

Electrical Data
Characteristic NTC 2-pole Compact
Nominal resistance at 20°C 2.5 kΩ ± 20°C Pin 1 SIG+
Pin 2 SIG-
Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units using


Order number 0 281 002 170 4
Dimensions
Characteristic
L
Response Time tau 63 in still wa- < 10 s

ter
T [°C] R [Ω]
-40 45,313
4 -30 26,114
-20 15,462
-10 9,397
Features 0 5,896
10 3,792
u Measurement range: -40 to 140°C
20 2,500
u Air temperature measurement 30 1,707
u Robust design 40 1,175
This sensor is designed to measure air temperature e.g. 50 834
in the air box or ambient temperature. The signal may
be used as a control value for engine control units or as 60 596
a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisi-
70 436
tion system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature 80 323
temperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
100 187
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which are
equipped with a protective housing. 110 144
high quality production part and a robust and compact 120 113
design. 130 89
Application 140 71
Mechanical Data
Male thread M12x1.5
Wrench size 19 mm Connectors and Wires

Sealing Not included 2-pole Jetronic
Pin 1 SIG+
Electrical Data
Pin 2 SIG-
Characteristic NTC
Nominal resistance ± 5% 2.5 kΩ at 20°C

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L

Order number 0 280 130 039 4
Dimensions
Temperature Sensor PT 200E -25 181
0 201
25 220
50 239
75 257
100 276
150 313
200 349
4 250 385
300 420
350 454
400 488
Features 450 521
500 554
u Exhaust gas temperature measurements
550 586
u Wide measurement range: -40 to 1,000°C
600 618
u Short response time
650 649
The PT 200E is designed to measure exhaust gas tem-
peratures up to 1,000°C. 700 679
The sensor element has a positive temperature coeffi-
cient. This means, that with increasing ambient temper- 750 709
ature the conductivity decreases and the resistance 800 738
rises. The opened housing exposes the sensor directly
into the gas flow in order to improve its performance. 850 767
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and com-
900 795
pact design and its wide measurement range.
Application
Application -40 to 1,000°C
Storage temp. range 0 to 100°C
Mechanical Data
Male thread M14x1.5
Wrench size 19 mm
Weight w/o wire 55 g Connectors and Wires
Electrical Data Connector ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Characteristic PTC
ASL 0-06-05SD-HE
Characteristic Pin 1 n.c.
Accuracy at -40 to 200°C ± 3°C Pin 2 SIG+
Relative resistance tolerance at ± 1.5 % Pin 3 SIG-

> 200°C
Pin 4 n.c.
Pin 5 n.c.
T [°C] R [Ω] Wire size AWG 24
-40 170 Wire length 15 to 100 cm
Various motorsports and automotive connectors are available on re-

quest.
Installation Notes
The PT 200E can be connected directly to most control units using a

Please check the offer drawing for a correct mounting orientation.
Please use the mounting part for a correct fixation of the sensor (not
included, available on request).
4
Temperature Sensor PT 200E

Accessories
Temperature Sensor PT 200E Adapter
Order number F 02U 000 847-01
Dimensions
Sensor
Adapter
Mechanical Data
Temperature Sensors Infrared
Male thread M12x1 mm
TI-16-r/-s
Wrench size 14 mm
Length housing 28 mm
Weight with wire 1 m 70 g
Electrical Data
Power supply US 5 to 28 V
Max power supply US 28 V

4
Full scale output UA 0 to 5 V
Current IS 9 mA
Features Characteristic
Emissivity (predefined) Please see Variations

u Non-contact temperature measurement
Optical resolution 10 : 1
u Measurement range: 0 to 160°C
Spectral range 8 to 14 µm
u Analog output (0 to 5 V)
u Compact size and robust housing Temperature resolution at Tobj < 0.1°C
This infrared temperature sensor is designed for non- 100°C
contact surface temperature measurement of various System accuracy at 23°C tamb or ± 1.5°C or 1.5 %
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radia-
max. value
tion.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal Repeatability at 23°C tamb or ± 0.75°C or 0.75 %
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel max. value
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radi-
ation of an object and calculates its temperature. The Sensitivity 31.25 mV/°C
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs. Offset 0 mV
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size, Connectors and Wires
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.
Application ASL 0-06-05SN-HE
Pin 1 US
Application 0 to 160°C
Pin 2 Gnd
head) Pin 3 Sig
Operating temp. range (electron- -20 to 70°C Pin 4 Prg
ics)
Pin 5 Scr
Relative humidity 10 to 95 % quest.
Max. vibration any axis 30 m/s2 at 11 to 200 Hz Sleeve Viton
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock
Wire size AWG 26
Variations Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
TI-16-r TI-16-s
Optimized for Rubber Steel

measuring of
Emissivity (prede- 0.95 0.80

fined)
Installation Notes
The TI-16 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in the

range of -20°C to160°C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for as-

sistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits. 4

Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.

To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glass
cleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
page.
TI-16-r
TI-16-s
Dimensions
Mechanical Data
Temperature Sensors Infrared
Male thread M12x1 mm
TI-100-s/-c
Wrench size 14 mm
Length housing 28 mm
Weight with wire 1 m 70 g
Electrical Data
Power supply US 5 to 28 V
Max power supply US 28 V

4
Full scale output UA 0 to 5 V
Current IS 9 mA
Features Characteristic
Emissivity (predefined) Please see Variations

u Non-contact temperature measurement
Optical resolution 10 : 1
u Measurement range: 0 to 1,000°C
Spectral range 8 to 14 µm
u Compact size and robust housing Temperature resolution at Tobj < 0.1°C
This infrared temperature sensor is designed for non- 100°C
contact surface temperature measurement of various System accuracy at 23°C tamb or ± 1.5°C or 1.5 %
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radia-
max. value
tion.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal Repeatability at 23°C tamb or max. ± 0.75°C or 0.75 %
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel value
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radi-
ation of an object and calculates its temperature. The Sensitivity 31.25 mV/°C
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs. Offset 0 mV
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size, Connectors and Wires
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.
Application ASL 0-06-05SN-HE
Pin 1 US
Application 0 to 1,000°C
Pin 2 Gnd
head) Pin 3 Sig
Operating temp. range (electron- -20 to 70°C Pin 4 Prg
ics)
Pin 5 Scr
Relative humidity 10 to 95 % quest.
Max. vibration any axis 30 m/s2 at 11 to 200 Hz Sleeve Viton
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock
Wire size AWG 26
Variations Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
TI-100-s TI-100-C
Optimized for Steel Carbon

measuring of
Emissivity (prede- 0.80 0.75

fined)
Installation Notes
The TI-100 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in the

range of -20°C to 1,000°C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for as-

sistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits. 4

Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.

To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glass
cleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
page.
TI-100-s
TI-100-c
Dimensions
344 | 04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes
Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Accuracy (max. value)± 1.5 °C or 0.004 * t
T [°C] U [mV]
-200 -5.891
-100 -3.554
0 0.000
100 4.096
200 8.138
4 300 12.209
400 16.397
500 20.644
Features
600 24.905
u Thermocouple Type K 700 29.129
u Thermo material: NiCr-Ni 800 33.275
u Measurement range: -200 to 1,000°C (1,300°C) 900 37.326
u Flexible mounting depth 1,000 41.276
u Analog output (Thermo voltage) 1,100 45.119
This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temper- 1,200 48.838

atures up to 1,300°C. 1,300 52.410
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which gener-
ates a small temperature corresponding voltage, due to
their thermo electrical behaviour, without any additional
external energy. The mantle thermocouple has a metal
mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
quick response time, the combination of high quality
production part and robust design with metal housing
and motorsport connector.
Application
Application -200 to 1,000°C (1,300)°C
Max. vibration 800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz Connectors and Wires
Connector ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mechanical Data ASL 0-06-05SD-HE
Male thread See adapter Pin 1 -
Wrench size See adapter Pin 2 Sig-
Installation torque See adapter Pin 3 Sig+
Weight with wire 47 g Pin 4 -
Sensor tip bend radius R 20 Pin 5 Src
Electrical Data Sleeve DR-25
Voltage supply NiCr/Ni Typ K Wire size AWG 24
Full scale output DIN IEC 584-1 Wire length L 15 to 75 cm

quest.

04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 345
Installation Notes
The TCP K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with thermo-

couple inputs (w/o pull-up resistant) or to external devices, which am-
plify the sensor voltage.
Recommended max. continuous utilization temperature 1,000°C,

short-term utilization temperature 1,300°C.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer re-

quest.
The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed by a special

adapter (B 261 209 159-01).
The length of the sensor tip can be modified on request.

4

Thermocouple Probe TCP K

Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP K Adapter
Dimensions
Sensor
Adapter
Electrical Data
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Voltage supply 12 V
Full scale output 0 to 5 V
Measuring range 0 to 1,250°C
T [°C] U [mV]
0 0
50 197
4 100 399
200 793
300 1,190
400 1,598
500 2,012
600 2,427
Features
700 2,839
u Thermocouple Type K 800 3,243
u Thermo material: NiCr-Ni 900 3,638
1,000 4,022
u Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C
1,100 4,396
1,200 4,759
This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temper-
atures up to 1,250°C. 1,250 5,000
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply a
temperature corresponding voltage, due to its thermo-
electric behavior, without any additional external energy
source. The mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle
which includes two inner wires made of thermo material
(Ni CrSi - NiSi). The wires are isolated. The voltage is
amplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. Please
note that the operating temperature of the external
electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
nation of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.
Application
Connector F 02U B00 292-01
Operating temp. range (ext. 0 to 120°C
electronics) Mating connector D 261 205 357-01
Pin 1 Sig
Pin 2 Gnd
Mechanical Data
Pin 3 US
Male thread M12x1
Pin 4 -
Wrench size 17 mm
Pin 5 -
Sleeve DR-25
Weight with wire 85 g
Wire size AWG 24
Length 250 mm
Installation Notes
The TCP KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5

V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging
devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s

request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external elec-
tronics is from 0 to 120°C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element is

minimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor. 4

free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA Adapter
Dimensions
Sensor
Adapter
Electrical Data
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2
Voltage supply 5 to 16 V
Full scale output 0 to 5 V
Measuring range 0 to 1,250°C
T [°C] U [mV]
0 0
50 197
100 399
4
200 793
300 1,190
400 1,598
500 2,012
Features
600 2,427
u Thermocouple Type K 700 2,839
u Thermo material: NiCr-Ni 800 3,243
u Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C 900 3,638
1,000 4,022
1,100 4,396
This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temper-
atures up to 1,250°C. 1,200 4,759
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply a
temperature corresponding voltage without any addi- 1,250 5,000
tional external energy source. The mantle thermocouple
has a metal mantle which includes two isolated wires
made of thermomaterial NiCr-Ni Type K. The voltage is
amplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. The
sensing element is protected with a double housing
made of Nimonic 75 to make possible its application be-
fore turbo chargers. Please note that the operating tem-
perature of the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.
nation of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.
Application
Connector ASU 6-03-03PB-HE
Operating temp. range (ext. 0 to 125°C
electronics) Mating connector ASU 3-03-03SB-HE
Technical Specifications Pin 1 Power Supply
Mechanical Data Pin 2 GND
Male thread M14x1.5 Pin 3 Signal
Wrench size 17 mm Sleeve DR-25
Installation torque 15 Nm Wire size AWG 24
Weight with wire 85 g Wire length L 15 to 75 cm
Length 81 mm
Installation Notes
The TCP KN2 can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to

5 V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data log-
ging devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s

request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external elec-
tronics is from 0 to 125°C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element is

minimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
4 lifespan of the sensor.
download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data Log-
ging System at our homepage.
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2

Dimensions
04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 351
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2 Supply current 7 mA
Supply current max. 12 mA
Characteristic
Sensitivity 440 mV/g
Offset 2,500 mV at 0 g
Tolerance of sensitivity ±3%
Non-linearity of sensitivity ±2%

4

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Features
Pin 3 Sigx
u 2 -axis Pin 4 Sigy
u Measurement range: ±4.5 g Pin 5 Scr
u 5 Hz low-pass filtered Sleeve DR-25
This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects Wire size AWG 24
of lateral acceleration in two axes (e.g. for analysis of Wire length 15 to 100 cm
acceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor features two measur- Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
ing elements for acceleration, in two integrated circuits. quest.
The sensing element consists of a micro machined sen-
sor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for high pre-
cision measurement applications.
Installation Notes
efficiency. The AM 600-2 can be connected directly to most control units and da-
ta logging systems.
Application Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
Measuring range x, y ±4.5 g For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.
Max. vibration 5,000 m/s2 in operation Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the
Operating temperature range -40 to 85°C page.
Technical Specifications Ordering Information

Mechanical Data Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Size 24 x 27 x 13.5 mm
Mounting 2 x M3
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Power supply max. 6V
Full scale output 2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

352 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors
Dimensions
4
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3 Supply current 7 mA
Supply current max. 12 mA
Characteristic
Sensitivity 440 mV/g
Offset 2,500 mV at 0 g
Tolerance of sensitivity ±3%
Non-linearity of sensitivity ±2%

4

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Features
Pin 3 Sigy
u 3 -axis Pin 4 Sigx
u Measurement range: ±4,5 g Pin 5 Sigz
u 5 Hz low-pass filtered Sleeve DR-25
This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects Wire size AWG 24
of lateral acceleration in three axes (e.g. for analysis of
Wire length 15 to 100 cm
acceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor features three meas- Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
uring elements for acceleration, in three integrated cir- quest.
cuits. The sensing element consists of a micro machined
sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for high Please specify the required wire length with your order.
precision measurement applications.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its Installation Notes
efficiency. The AM 600-3 can be connected directly to most control units and da-
ta logging systems.
Application
Measuring range x, y, z ±4.5 g For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.
Max. vibration 5,000 m/s in operation
2
page.
Mechanical Data
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Weight w/o wire 50 g Order number B 261 209 313-02
Size 24 x 27 x 29.8 mm
Mounting 2 x M3
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Power supply max. 6V
Full scale output 2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

Dimensions
4
Electrical Data
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Max input current 90 mA
CAN speed 1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s
CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte Value
0 Yaw rate
1
4
2 Reserved
4 Acc Y-axis
Features 6 Reserved
7 Unused
u 2-axis rotation rate (yaw-rate, roll-rate)
CAN ID 02 0x178
u 3-axis accelerometer (X, Y, Z) Byte Value
u 1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud CAN-output 0 Roll rate
u 15 Hz low-pass filtered 1
u Measurement ranges: ±4.2 g; ±163°/s 2 Reserved
The MM5.10 was designed to measure the physical ef- 3
fects of rotational and lineal acceleration. In order to
achieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring ele- 4 Acc X-axis
ments connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
5
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing
elements generates a Coriolis force which changes the 6 Reserved
internal capacity of the micromachined sensing parts.
Furthermore, a pure surface micromachined element is 7 Unused
used to measure the vehicle lineal acceleration in all 3 CAN ID 02 0x17C
axis. This combination of rotational and lineal accelera-
tion sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehi- Byte Value
cle dynamics.
0 Reserved
nation of 3 lineal and 2 rotational accelerometers and its 1
high speed 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output.
2 Reserved
Application
3
Application I ±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate) 4 Acc Z-axis
Application II ±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration) 5
Operating temperature range -20 to 85°C 6 Reserved
Technical Specifications 7 Unused
Mechanical Data Characteristic
Weight w/o wire 35 g Characteristic Application I
Size 80 x 56 x 21 mm Measuring range ± 160°/s
Over range limit ± 1,000°/s
Absolute resolution 0.1°/s

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page and calibration sheet.
Characteristic Application II
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.
Measuring range ±4.2 g
Over range limit ±10 g Ordering Information
Absolute resolution 0.01 g Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 (1)

Without wire
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz Order number F 02U V01 511-02
Connectors and Wires Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 (2)
Wire with open end
Connector (1) AMP 114-18063-076
4 Order number F 02U V01 511-91
Mating connector (1) F 02U B00 435-01
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 (3)
Pin 1 Gnd Wire with motorsports connector
Pin 2 CANL
Pin 3 CANH
Pin 4 UBat
Connector (3) ASL-6-06-05PC-HE
Mating connector (3) ASL-0-06-05SC-HE
Pin 1 UBat
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 CANH
Pin 4 CANL
Pin 5 Not connected
Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24
CAN Parameters
Byte order LSB (Intel)
CAN speed 1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s
Bit mask unsigned
Offset (all signals) 0x8000 hex
Quantization Yaw Rate 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Quantization Roll Rate 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Quantization Acc X-axis 0.0001274 [g/digit]
Quantization Acc Y-axis 0.0001274 [g/digit]
Quantization Acc Z-ais 0.0001274 [g/digit]
Installation Notes
The MM5.10 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Dimensions
Axis Scheme
CAN Message
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte Value
0 Yaw Rate
2 Yaw STAT
3 Reserved
4 Acc Y
4 5
6 Acc Y STAT
7 Unused
CAN ID 02 0x178
Byte Value
0 Roll Rate
Features 1
2 Roll STAT
u Yaw-rate, roll-rate and acceleration measurements
3 Reserved
u 2-axis accelerometer
4 Acc X
u CAN-output
5
u 15 Hz low-pass filtered
6 AccX STAT
u Measurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s
7 Unused
This sensor is designed to measure the acceleration and
the rate of turn in two axis (yaw rate Ωz, roll rate Ωx, lat- Characteristic
eral acceleration ay and longitudinal acceleration az).
Characteristic Application I
An internal diagnosis indicates too high vibrations or
turning rates. In combination with a MS 5 ECU and its Measuring range ± 160°/s
algorithm a very precise lean angle of motorcycles can
be calculated. Over range limit ± 1,000°/s
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its wide Absolute resolution 0.1°/s
measuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud CAN- signal
output and the combination of high quality production Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 15 Hz
part and robust design.
Characteristic Application II
Application Measuring range ±4.1 g
Application I ±160°/s (roll rate/yaw rate) Over range limit ±10 g
Application II ±4.1 g (X and Y acceleration) Absolute resolution 0.01 g
Operating temperature range -20 to 85°C Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 15 Hz
Technical Specifications Connectors and Wires
Mechanical Data Connector AMP 114-18063-076
Weight w/o wire 96 g Mating connector F 02U B00 240-01
Size 33 x 98 x 91 mm Pin 1 GND
Pin 2 CANL
Electrical Data
Pin 3 CANH
Pin 4 UBAT
Power up time < 150 ms

CAN Parameters
Byte order Little endian, high-byte/low-

byte, Intel
CAN speed 1 MBaud
CAN refresh rate 10 ms
Identifier length 11 bit
Bit mask signed
Quantization Yaw Rate 0.005 [°/s/digit]

4
Quantization Roll Rate 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Quantization Acc X-Axis 0.0001274 [g/digit]
Quantization Acc Y-Axis 0.0001274 [g/digit]
Conversion formula
Yaw rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Roll rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Bit combination of sensor status
Yaw_STAT, Roll_STAT, AccY_STAT and ACCX_STAT
Xx00 xxxx = signal in specification
Xx01 xxxx = sensor not available
Xx10 xxxx = signal failure
Xx11 xxxx = reserved
X1xx xxxx = initialization is running
X0xx xxxx = initialization is ready
1xxx xxxx = reserved
0xxx xxxx = reserved
Installation Notes
Important: In order not to exceed the maximum vibration level, the

mount should be damped and not resonate.
For measuring the yaw and roll rate the LAS-1 can be connected di-
rectly to most control units and data logging systems.
The lean angle of motorcycles can be calculated in a MS 5 with motor-

cycle functionality.

page.
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

Dimensions
4
Electrical Data
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3
CAN speed 1 Mbaud/s
CAN Message
CAN_ID_01 0x70
Byte Value
0 Yaw Rate 1
1
4
2 Reserved
4 Acc Y-axis
Features 6 Reserved
7 Unused
u Yaw rate and acceleration measurement
CAN_ID_02 0x80
u CAN output Byte Value
u 15 Hz low-pass filtered 0 Yaw Angular Acceleration
u Measurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s 1
This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects 2 Reserved
of yawing, lateral and longitudinal acceleration. In order
to achieve this, the sensor features both a measuring el- 3
ement for yaw rate and two for acceleration, with one
4 Acc X-axis
appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotation around the third orthogonal axis, a yaw rate, 5
creates a Coriolis force on the accelerometers, which is
detected by the element. Apart from the measuring ele- 6 Reserved
ment for yaw rate, a pure surface micro machined meas- 7 Unused
uring element for acceleration is utilized to measure the
vehicles lateral and longitudinal acceleration. This ena- Characteristic
bles a very precise application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its wide Characteristic Application I
measuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud/s CAN-sig-
nal output and the combination of high quality produc- Measuring range ±160 °/s
tion part and robust design. Over range limit ±1,000 °/s
Application Absolute resolution 0.1 °/s
Application I ±160°/s Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 15 Hz
Application II ±4.1 g Characteristic Application I I
Operating temperature range -40 to 85°C Measuring range ±4.1 g
Over range limit ±10 g

Absolute resolution 0.01 g
Mechanical Data
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 15 Hz
Connector AMP 114-18063-076
Mating connector F 02U B00 435-01 (connector

4-pole DRS kit)
F 02U 002 460-01 (connector
housing)
Pin 1 Gnd
Pin 2 CANL
Pin 3 CANH
4 Pin 4 UBat
CAN Parameters
Byte order LSB (Intel)
CAN speed 1 MBaud/s
Bit mask signed
Quantization Yaw Rate 1 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Quantization Yaw Ang. Acc 0.125 [°/s2/digit]
Quantization Acc X-axis 0.0001274 [g/digit]
Quantization Acc Y-axis 0.0001274 [g/digit]
Installation Notes
The YRS 3 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.

page.
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

Dimensions
4
364 | 04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers
Electrical Data
Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Power supply 5V
Non-linearity 1%
Max. current 12 mA

4 Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Features
Pin 1 US
u Measurement range 0 to 38 mm Pin 2 Gnd
u Compact design Pin 3 Sig
u Analog output: 0 to 5 V Pin 4 -
Pin 5 -
The WP 35 is a wire potentiometer which is designed to
measure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving Sleeve DR-25
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electri- Wire size AWG 24
cal signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on a
threaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sen-
sor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
distance travelled. quest.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which al-
lows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications. Installation Notes
Application The WP 35 can be connected directly to most electronic control units

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
Max. wire acceleration 290 m/s2 from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Max. wire tension 1.7 N Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the
Shock 1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms wire at all times.
Vibration 150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Mechanical Data
Possible mechanical range 38.1 mm
Mounting 2 x 2-56 UNC
Tightening torque 2.5 Nm
Life expectancy 5 x 106 cycles
Protection IP54
Dimensions 19.1 x 19.1 x 9.7 mm

04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 365
Dimensions
4
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Non-linearity 0.5 %
Max. current 12 mA


ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Features Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
u Compact design
Pin 4 -
u Analog output: 0 to 5 V
Pin 5 -
mechanical components.
Wire size AWG 24
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electri-
cal signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on a Wire length L 15 to 45 cm
sor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
distance travelled. quest.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which al- Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
lows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult Installation Notes
applications.
Application The WP 50 can be connected directly to most electronic control units

Application 0 to 50 mm Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
Temperature range -65 to 125°C The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Max. wire acceleration 400 m/s 2
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
Max. wire tension 3.3 N damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the
Shock 1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms wire at all times.
Vibration 150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Mechanical Data
Protection IP54
Dimensions Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Dimensions
4
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Non-linearity 0.5 %
Max. current 12 mA


ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Features Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
Pin 3 Sig
u Compact design
Pin 4 -
Pin 5 -
mechanical components. Wire size AWG 24
cal signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on a Wire length L 15 to 45 cm
sor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
quest.
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which al- Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult Installation Notes
applications.
The WP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
Application and data logging systems.
Application 0 to 75 mm Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
Temperature range -65 to 125°C The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
Max. wire acceleration 170 m/s 2
Max. wire tension 2.8 N damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the
wire at all times.
Shock 1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
Vibration 150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz page.
Technical Specifications Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Protection IP54

Dimensions
4
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Non-linearity 0.5 %
Max. current 12 mA


Features ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
u Compact design
Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
The WP 100 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
Pin 5 -
to measure position, direction, or rate of motion of mov-
ing mechanical components. Sleeve DR-25
cal signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on a Wire size AWG 24
distance travelled. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on re-
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which al- quest.
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
applications.
Installation Notes
Application
The WP 100 can be connected directly to most electronic control
Application 0 to 100 mm units and data logging systems.
Temperature range -65 to 125°C Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
Max. wire acceleration 90 m/s2 The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
Max. wire tension 3.3 N
Shock 1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the
wire at all times.
Vibration 150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz
Technical Specifications page.
Mechanical Data Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire 57 g Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Possible mechanical range 101.6 mm Order number B 261 209 544-01
Protection IP54

Dimensions
4
Wire Potentiometer WP 120 Resistance tolerance 0.15 %
Non-linearity 1%

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 Gnd
4 Pin 3 Sig
Pin 4 -
Pin 5 -
Features Sleeve DR-25
Wire size AWG 24

u Compact design
u Analog output: 0 to 5 V quest.
The WP 120 is a wire potentiometer which is designed Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
to measure position, direction or rate of motion of mov-
ing mechanical components. Installation Notes
cal signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on a The WP 120 can be connected directly to most electronic control
threaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sen- units and data logging systems.
distance travelled. Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which al- The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
lows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
applications. Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
Application wire at all times.
page.
Max. wire tension 2.2 N
Technical Specifications Order number F 01T A21 250
Mechanical Data
Possible mechanical range 120 mm
Mounting 2 x Ø 4 & Ø 4.8
Dimensions 45.7 x 44.5 x 59.7 mm
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Dimensions
4
Wire Potentiometer WP 125 Protection IP54
Electrical Data
Power supply 5V
Non-linearity 0.5 %
4
Max. current 12 mA

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE
Features
Pin 1 US
u Measurement range: 0 to 125 mm Pin 2 Gnd
u Compact design Pin 3 Sig
u Analog output: 0 to 5 V Pin 4 -
Sleeve DR-25
The WP 125 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction, or rate of motion of mov- Wire size AWG 24
ing mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electri- Wire length L 15 to 45 cm
cal signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on a
quest.
distance travelled. Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which al-
lows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small Installation Notes
applications. The WP 125 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Application
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
Temperature range -65 to 125°C from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Max. wire acceleration 80 m/s2 Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
Max. wire tension 2.8 N wire at all times.
Shock 1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our home-
page.
Vibration 150 m/s at 10 to 2,000 Hz
2
Mechanical Data

Dimensions
4
4
05 Brake Control 5
ABS 378
378 | 05 Brake Control | ABS
Electrical Data
ABS M4 Kit
Supply voltage 8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min
Max. peak voltage 35 V for 200 ms
Power consumption 8 W stand-by, 230 W in opera-

tion
Inputs
4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)
Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
5 Yaw rate
Brake light switch
12 position function switch: • 9 switch positions pre-

Features configured
• 2 switch positions pro-
grammable
u Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and four- • 1 switch position for ABS
wheel drive vehicles function OFF
The ABS M4 kit is developed for the operation in front-, Outputs

rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wire
harness is included in the kit. The ABS M4 is specifically ABS warning light (MIL)
adapted for motorsports use. Individual car parameters
can be calibrated with software free of charge. Control of internal ABS valves
Control of pump motor

Variations Optional Accessories
ABS M4 Kit 1 ABS M4 Kit 2 Additional package ASR (Trac- on request

tion control), includes software,
Customer specific wire harness Customer specific wire harness map switch and CAN module
with motorsport connectors, with motorsport connectors,
wheel speed sensors with pro- wheel speed sensors with mo- Additional package EBD (Elec- on request
duction-type connectors torsport connectors tronic Brake force Distribution)
Communication interface F 02U V00 327-01

Mechanical Data MSA Box II
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU Wheel speed signal splitters:
Vibration damped circuit board • Single, without connec- F 02U V00 225-01
tors
38 pin connector
• Single, motorsport con- F 02U V00 209-01
2 hydraulic valves per wheel nectors
2 brake circuits (front and rear) • Quad, 2 motorsport con- F 02U V00 203-03
2 hydraulic high pressure pumps nectors
2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each • Quad, 1 motorsport con- F 02U V00 335-03

nector
Standard fittings 2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1 Data logger C 50 F 02U V01 164-01
Size 125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm Display DDU 7 F 02U V01 130-01
Weight 1,850 g Communication
Operating temperature -30 to 130°C CAN interface

Max. shock 50 g less than 6 ms Content of Kit
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Pressure sensor
05 Brake Control | ABS | 379
Yaw/acceleration sensor
12 position function switch
4 wheel speed sensors DF11 standard
ABS warning light
Vehicle specific wire harness
Vibrations damping boards
ABS M4 Kit 1
ABS M4 Kit 2
Order number F 02U V00 290-01 5
Dimensions
Wheel Speed Sensor

380 | 05 Brake Control | ABS
5
06 Displays 6
Displays 382
382 | 06 Displays | Displays
Display DDU 7 Logged data download speed Max. 1,000 kB/s
Internal storage capacity 2 GB
FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration

protocol (optional)
Mechanical Data
Size 148 x 126 x 32 mm
Weight 440 g

Issue 2008
6 Operating temperature internal -20 to 85°C
Operating temperature Display -20 to 70°C
Features Max. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appen-

sport.com)
u Freely programmable dash logger
Electrical Data
u Large trans-reflective multi colour display
u Light weight synthetic material housing
Max. power consumption (w/o 14 W at 14 V
u Recording on USB flash drive (opt.) loads)
The display DDU 7 integrates a programmable colour Inputs
dash board display with a data logging system for mo-
torsport applications. This allows for synchronized ac- Page/brightness selection 2
quisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU
and chassis data from 6 analogue and 4 digital input Analog channels 6
channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Wheel speed inputs (Hall-effect) 4
Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from the inter-
nal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high Input range 0 to 5 V
speed Ethernet.
Resolution 12 bit
Application
Switchable pull up resistor 3 kOhm
Display • 5,7” graphic colour dis- DF 11 inputs On request
play
• 12 user configurable Outputs
display pages
• 10 multicolor freely
configurable (RGB)
LEDs Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350 1
mA)
Resolution 640 x 480 pixel
Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (350 1
Supported image file formats Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif mA)
Converters 8 kHz AD converters with digital Environment

low pass filter
External switch for page selec- B 261 209 658-01
Configurable math channels tion, 12 steps
User configurable CAN in/out messages External switch for brightness ad- B 261 209 659-01
justment or page selection, 6
Sampling rate Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels
steps
Online data compression
USB flash drive and connector are available on request
Logging rate Max. 100 kB/s
Software Upgrade 1
Recording channels Up to 720 per connected de-
vice
06 Displays | Displays | 383
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB F 02U V01 133-02

flash drive 2 GB Bosch File Sys-
tem (BFS) format included, works
with Bosch File System (BFS)
preformatted USB Flash drive on-
ly)
Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from F 02U V01 134-01

ECU manufacturer required)
Adapter cable to USB-Port inclu- F 02U V01 343-01

ded
Adapter for wiring harness inclu- F 02U 002 996-01

ded
Motorsport connector 37 pins

AS 2-14-35PN at DDU7
6
AS 6-14-35SN
Installation Notes
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in the
download area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Communication
CAN interfaces 2
Ethernet 100BaseT 1
Laptrigger input 1
RS232 Telemetry, GPS
Configuration via RaceCon Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
Display DDU 7
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
SW Upgrade 2
Display DDU 8 Recording channels Up to 720 per connected device
Logged data download speed Max. 1,000 kB/s
3-port network switch

protocol (optional)
Mechanical Data
Size 161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm
Weight 675 g

Issue 2008
Operating temperature internal -20 to 60°C
6 Max. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appen-

Features sport.com)
Electrical Data
u Full programmable multi colour display
u 2 GB dash logger (opt.)
u Multi colour (RGB) gearshift lights Inputs
The display DDU 8 integrates a programmable full colour
Page/brightness selection 2
dash board display with a data logging system for mo-
torsports applications. This allows for synchronized ac- Analog channels 4
quisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU
and chassis data from up to 24 analogue and 4 digital in- Input range 0 to 5 V
put channels. Additional input devices can be connected
Resolution 12 bit
via the ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from the
internal 2 GB logger (opt.) can be downloaded via high- Switchable pull up resistor 3 kΩ
speed ethernet or via wireless connection with the
BT 60 burst telemetry system. Outputs
As a base system the DDU 8 is sold as display only. Soft-
ware upgrades for the DDU 8 (field upgradable by enter- PWM outputs (Low side switch 2 4
A each)
ing a key) activate data logger functionality, additional
recording on USB flash drive, CCP-master and additional Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350 1
input channels. mA)
Application Software
Display • 5” graphic colour display Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
• Multiple user configura-
ble display pages Environment
• 10 multi colour (RGB)
gearshift lights External switch for page selec- B 261 209 658-01
tion, 12 steps
Resolution 800 x 480 high resolution pixel
External switch for brightness B 261 209 659-01
Supported image file formats Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif adjustment or page selection, 6
steps
Converters 8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter USB flash drive and connector are available on request.
Configurable math channels Adapter cable to USB-Port inclu- F 02U V01 343-01
ded
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels ded
Online data compression Software Upgrade 1 F 02U V00 701-01
Logging rate Max. 300 kB/s
06 Displays | Displays | 385
Activation of internal data logger 2 GB Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation (supply with power).
Telemetry support BT 60 Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h (supply with power).
Long range telemetry support FM 40

Communication
Interface for telemetry (on yel- RS232
low connector) CAN interfaces 2
Software Upgrade 2 F 02U V00 702-01 Ethernet 100BaseT 3
Yellow connector unlocked Lap trigger input (on yellow con- 1

nector, always open)
GPS input
Additional analog channels 20 Ordering Information
Additional rotational channels 4 Display DDU 8

(Input Hall/inductive) Order number F 02U V00 873-05
Additional sensor supplies 5 V ± 3 Software Options
1 % (350 mA each) SW Upgrade 1
Additional sensor supply 10 V ± 1 Order number F 02U V00 701-01 6
1 % (350 mA)
SW Upgrade 2
Additional sensor supply 12 V (1 1 Order number F 02U V00 702-01
A) non regulated
SW Upgrade 3
Interface for GPS RS232 Order number F 02U V00 796-01
Software Upgrade 3 F 02U V00 796-01
SW Upgrade 4
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from Order number F 02U V00 871-02
Software Upgrade 4 F 02U V00 871-02
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB

tem (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System
(BFS) preformatted USB Flash
drive only)
Motorsport connectors, double 2 x 41 pins

density
Mating connector (red) F 02U 002 216-01

AS DD 6-12-41SN
Mating connector (yellow) F 02U 004 180-01

AS DD 6-12-41SA
Installation Notes
Software
Download data and save configurations before sending device as it will

be reset during service.
Accumulator Service
Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included
Recommended service interval: 24 months (inclusive accumulator

change)
Send device to Bosch dealer for service.

6
07 Data Logging Systems 7
Data Loggers 388
Lap Trigger Systems 394
Sensor Interfaces 399
Telemetry 411
Telemetry Accessories 420

388 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers
Data Logger C 50 Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size 148 x 126 x 16 mm
Weight 300 g

Issue 2008
Operating temperature (inter- -20 to 60°C

nal)

sport.com)
Electrical Data

Features loads)
7 u Freely programmable dash logger

Inputs
Analog channels 8
u Light weight synthetic material housing
Wheel speed input (Hall-effect) 4
u Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)
Input range 0 to 5 V
u One motorsports connector
Resolution 12 bit
The data logger C 50 is a data logging system for motor-
sport applications. It allows for synchronized acquisition Switchable pull up resistor 3 kΩ
of engine data from the ECU and chassis data from 6 an-
DF11 inputs On request
alog and 4 digital wheel speed input channels. Addition-
al input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN Outputs
buses. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash mem-
ory can be downloaded via high speed Ethernet.
Application Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350 1

mA)
Converters 8 kHz AD converters with digital Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (350 1
low pass filter mA)
Configurable math channels
Environment
USB flash drive and connector are available on request
Software Upgrade 1
Online data compression
Logging rate Max. 100 kB/s flash drive 2 GB Bosch File Sys-
Recording channels Up to 720 per connected device works with Bosch File System
Logged data download speed Max. 1,000 kB/s drive only)
Internal storage capacity 2 GB Software Upgrade 2
FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from F 02U V01 134-01
RS232 GPS input ECU manufacturer required)
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration Adapter cable to USB-Port inclu- F 02U V01 343-01
protocol (optional) ded

ded
07 Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 389
Motorsport connector 37 pins

AS 2-14-35PN at C 50
Mating connector F02U 000 453-01

AS 6-14-35SN
Installation Notes
Communication
CAN interfaces 2
Ethernet 100BaseT 1
Lap trigger input 1
RS232 Telemetry, GPS
Configuration via RaceCon Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
7
Data Logger C 50
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
SW Upgrade 2
Data Logger C 60 RS232 GPS input

protocol (optional)
Mechanical Data
Size 105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm
Weight 495 g

Issue 2008
Operating temperature (inter- -20 to 65°C

nal)

sport.com)
Features
Electrical Data
Compact and light weight data logger
7 u
u Aluminum housing Max. power consumption (w/o 10 W at 14 V
u Two motorsports connectors Inputs
The data logger C 60 is a compact and light weight data Analog channels 6
logging system for motorsport applications. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4 digital Resolution 12 bit
input channels. Additional input devices can be connec-
ted via Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from Switchable pull up resistor 3 kΩ
the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via
high speed Ethernet or via wireless connection with the Outputs
BT 60 burst telemetry system.
PWM outputs (low side switch 2 4
As a base system the C 60 is sold as data logger only. A each)
The software upgrades for the C 60 (field upgradable by
entering a key) activate additional recording on USB Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250 1
Flash drive, CCP-Master and additional input channels. mA)
Application Environment
Converters 8 kHz AD converters with digital USB Flash drive and connector are available on request
low pass filter
Software Upgrade 1
Configurable math channels
GPS input
Additional analog channels 20
Rotational channels (input Hall/ 4
Online data compression inductive)
Logging rate Max. 300 kB/s Additional sensor supply 5 V 3

(250 mA each)
Recording channels Up to 720 per connected device
Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA) 1
Logged data download speed Max. 1,000 kB/s
Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), non 1
Internal storage capacity 2 GB regulated
3-port network switch RS232 GPS
BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support F 02U V00 703-01
FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from F 02U V00 797-01

Software Upgrade 3 SW Upgrade 3

works with Bosch File System
drive only)
Adapter cable to USB-Port inclu- F 02U V01 343-01

ded

ded
Motorsports connectors double 2 x 41 pins

density
Mating connector I F 02U 002 216-01

AS-DD 6-12-41SN

AS-DD 6-12-41SA
7
Installation Notes
Software
Download data and save configurations before sending device as it will

be reset during service.
Accumulator Service
Recommended service interval: 24 months (inclusive accumulator

change)
Send device to Bosch dealer for service.
Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation (supply with power).
Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h (supply with power).
Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces 2
Ethernet 100BaseT 3
RS232 Telemetry
Lap trigger input 1
Data Logger C 60
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
SW Upgrade 2

Upgrade USB
Pin layout for connection to vehicle loom (see also Dimensions)
Pin 1 Data -
Pin 2 +5V
Pin 3 GND
Pin 4 Data +
Features
7 u Capacity 2 GB
u Robust brass housing
u High performance push-pull connector

The Bosch Motorsport rugged USB flash drive is secure-
ly mounted within a rugged brass housing designed to
provide full protection against extreme environmental
conditions. The USB flash drive is IP68 protected and is
resistant to extreme operating temperatures (-30 to
85°C). The USB flash drive is equipped with a rugged
protection cap.
The upgrade USB also contains an adapter cable to
USB-port and a connection socket to your wiring har-
ness.
Application
Tightening torque of Backnut for 1.5 to 2.0 Nm

connection socket

sport.com)
Mechanical Data
Housing material Brass
Weight 42 g
Length 72 mm
Electrical Data
Capacity 2 GB
Specification USB 1.1/2.0
Data rate USB 2.0 up to 480 MBit/s

Installation Notes
The USB flash drive should be fixed on a soft surface to reduce the
stress on the USB flash drive.
Required Software upgrades:
SW upgrade 1 for DDU 7 F 02U V01 133-02
SW upgrade 4 for DDU 8 F 02U V00 871-02
SW upgrade 2 for C 50 F 02U V01 134-01
SW upgrade 3 for C 60 F 02U V00 872-02
Rugged USB flash drive

Adapter cable to USB port

Connection socket to wiring harness

7
Dimensions
394 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems
nal parameters. If the trigger condition is detected, the

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver receiver generates the appropriate output signal
(main/sub trigger).
The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmit-
ter antenna. After detecting the trigger point and releas-
ing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a period
of 0.5 seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal. When a
trigger is detected the output pin goes low for a certain
time:
-20 msec low at main trigger
-40 msec low at sub trigger
Standard output configuration: Low side switch with in-
ternal pull-up (R = 2.5 kOhm to +5 VDC). External pull-
up to VBat allowed
Mechanical Data
Weight 127 g

7 Features Issue 2008
Ambient temperature -20 to 85°C

u High reliability, even in bad weather conditions
Electrical Data
u 16 independent channels
Power consumption 1.3 W
u Main and sub trigger
This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequen-
cy transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in Connectors and Wires
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Sec- Connector ASX0-02-03PN
tion time measurement for comparison of different car Pin 1 Power supply +
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.
Pin 2 GND
Application
Pin 3 Trigger out
Antenna gain 6 dBi
Installation Notes
Angle azimuth 40°
Angle elevation 90° The white antenna radome must be turned to the transmitter side (see
Dimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or car-
Sensitivity -60 dBm bon fiber filled elements.
Packet size 32 Bit Positioning of the receiver inside the car: The connector side has to be
positioned in direction to the front or back of the car as shown in
Packet repetition frequency 0,5 ms drawing No. 2 (see Dimensions). It must not be positioned with the
connector pointing up- or downwards.
Working frequency band 5,795 to 5,815 GHz
Green or blue indicator flashes when it detects a trigger condition.
Frequency channels 16
Output driver (switching to 10 mA Ordering Information

GND)
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Output signal main trigger (Puls) 20 ms active low Order number F 02U V00 946-03
Output signal sub trigger (Puls) 40 ms active low
Max. vibration Vibration Profile 1
Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race

track via the directional antenna. The receiver at the
race car permanently checks the team code and the sig-
07 Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 395
Dimensions
7
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter Additional weight 350 g
Charging time <4h
Running time Approx. 30 h
Electrical Data
Power consumption 1.5 W
Features Connector ASL 0-06-05PD-HE
Pin 1 Power supply +

u High reliability, even in bad weather conditions
Pin 2 GND
u 16 independent channels
Pin 3 Charge input +
u Main and sub trigger
Pin 4 n.c.
u Internal Li-ion battery optional
Pin 5 n.c.
External supply possible
7 u
Installation Notes
This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequen-
cy transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in The white antenna radome points to the car as shown in the drawing
the car. (see Dimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Sec- carbon fiber filled elements.
tion time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used. Red LED shows low battery condition.
Application Charge control shows: • blue when charging

• green when battery full
• red on power or battery
Working frequency band 5,795 to 5,815 GHz failure
Frequency channels 16
Angle azimuth 11°
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Angle elevation 90° Order number F 02U V00 945-02
Transmission power +10 dBm
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter with internal battery
Antenna gain 15 dBi and charger
Side lobe suppression >30 dB
Dimensions
Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race

track via the directional antenna. The receiver at the
race car permanently checks the signal parameters. If
the trigger condition is detected, the receiver generates
the appropriate beacon signal (main/sub trigger). The
trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter
antenna.
Mechanical Data
Size 70 x 340 x 100 mm
Weight 1,020 g

Issue 2008
Ambient temperature -20 to 60°C
Option: internal accumulator

07 Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 397
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight
IR-02 Receiver KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34

IR-02 Receiver ASL-6-06-05PD-HE

Order number B 261-206 887-03
IR-02 Receiver KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

Features Order number B 261 206 888-01
u Infrared
u 39 g
u 15 m working range 7
u Different connectors available
This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmit-
ter station and a receiver installed in the car. The sys-
tem allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters are
used.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, the
transmitters have to be positioned with a minimum dis-
tance of 5 m.
Mechanical Data
Weight 39 g
Aluminum housing
Electrical Data
Frequency codes 16
Output voltage 5V
Working range 15 m
Working temperature -25 to 70°C
Pin 1/A V+ (Battery voltage)
Pin 2/B GND
Pin 3/C Trigger signal

Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter Ordering Information
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

Features
u Infrared
7 u 124 g
u 15 m working range
This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmit-
ter station and a receiver installed in the car. The sys-
tem allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters are
used.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, the
transmitters have to be positioned with a minimum dis-
tance of 5 m.
Mechanical Data
Size with diode 90 x 40 x 28 mm
Weight 124 g
Aluminum housing
Electrical Data
Frequency codes 16 plus 16 offset codes for sec-

tion times
Working range 15 m
Working temperature -25 to 70°C
Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 399
CAN Module A PC software program is available to set configuration parameters

and directly set-up Smart Capture Devices on field.
Data structure
All acquired data are available on CAN with the following IDs (ADD1,
ADD2, ADD3, ADD4 with DLC=8)
Data bus details
Analog inputs
Features
7
Analog inputs are in counts on 12 bit (0 -> 0 mV, 0x1FFF -> 5000 mV)
u 8 high speed analogue channels 12 bit, voltage 1 bit is 1.22 mV
range 0 to 5 V All analog inputs have a low pass hardware filter at 100 Hz and an IIR
pole software configurable in range 1 to 100 Hz.
u CAN identifiers configurable
PC Software
u Sampling rate of 1100 Hz
Modules are pre-configured by Bosch Motorsport.
u 120 Ohm CAN bus terminating resistor selectable
on-board Pin configuration
The CAN Modules are designed to expand the number of Connector on Module AS12-35PN
the channels available on a logger. The linearization of Pin Function
the channels can be made directly from the acquisition
system so no additional software is necessary. You can 1 Power Supply 12 V
install up to 32 of these modules on the vehicle using
different CAN IDs. 2 CAN H
3 CAN L
4 Power Supply Ground
Mechanical Data
5 Close CAN (Bridge with Pin2)
6 12 V out Sensors (protected)
Weight 70 g
7 Reference Voltage 5 V/50 mA
CAN parameters
8 Reference Voltage 5 V/50 mA
Continuous transmission of CAN identifiers with rates configurable 1
9 Analogue channel 1
Hz to 1 KHz at 1 Mb/s or at 500 Kb/s.
10 Analogue channel 2
BUS data:
• 0xADD1 AN0÷AN3 11 Analogue channel 3
• 0xADD2 AN4÷AN7
• 0xADD4 Temperature, Vext /2, DIAG 12 Analogue channel 4
Diagnostics 13 Analogue channel 5
Diag1 = Vref (1/2 of the Vout value, used to supply external devices) 14 Analogue channel 6
Diag2 = board temperature
Temperature value T = ((Temp*5000/4096)-500)/10 [°C] 15 Analogue channel 7
Software Filtering: Analogue inputs have IIR LP 1° order filter selecta-
ble in 1 to 100 Hz range. 16 Analogue channel 8
Transmission parameters (address and transmission frequency) on 17 Analogue ground

CAN bus are software switchable. 18 Analogue ground
19 Not used
400 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces
20 Not used
21 Not used
22 Not used
CAN Module
7
Extended Module EM-LIN Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 -
Pin 4 -
Pin 5 Config
Connector 2 (green) ASU 0-03-05SD-HE

ASU 6-03-05PD-HE
Pin 1 US
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 LIN
Features
Please note: the EM-LIN must be powered by one connector only.
u LIN Master
Installation Notes
u 53 g
Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.
The extended module EM-LIN is a LIN-Master designed
to allow an on-line adjustment of the alternator regula-
tor parameters e.g. alternator voltage, load response
Ordering Information 7
time, cut-off speed and current limitation. Extended Module EM-LIN
The EM-LIN is designed with a microcontroller in combi- Order number F 02U V00 609-02
nation with a LIN and a CAN transceiver. The electronics
power supply is managed by a voltage regulator. In addi-
tion, an analog input is accessible on one connector. Its
robust aluminum housing provides an effective protec-
tion for the electronics.
Further functions (e.g. CAN function) and application
specific software development is available on request.
Functions
Application LIN Master
Compatible regulator type Bosch LIN-regulator CR652
Mechanical Data
Size 85 x 32 x 17.3 mm
Weight 53 g

sport.com)
Electrical Data
Power Supply 12 V
Max. power supply (1 min) 25 V
Connector 1 (red) ASU 0-03-05PN-HE

ASU 6-03-05SN-HE
Pin 1 US
Dimensions
7
Lambdatronic LT4 Storage temp. range -20 to 85°C

sport.com)
Electrical Data
Power supply US (6.5) 10 to 14 V
Max power supply (1 min) US Max. 26 V
Thermal dissipation loss 3 W at 14 V
Current Is 5A
Current Is (Heating up) 26 A
Software
Configuration with Modas Sport Included
Characteristic
Features
Signal output 1 CAN
u Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type Signal output 2 4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”
7
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
CAN- baud rate 500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud
u Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater
Signal resolution 2,5 * 10-4 lambda
The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping cur-
rent to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type Signal sampling rate 100 Hz
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda value, the CAN refresh rate 100 Hz
sensor temperature and diagnostics are available via
CAN and analog signal. Connectors and Wires
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The lambda
in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda = 1.013 inde- Connector AS 6-14-35PN
pendent of the oxygen contents on the emission side,
through a current through the pump cell. The current
AS 1-14-35SN
proportional output voltage of the IC is a measure of the
lambda value. Sleeve Viton
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combina-
tion of the Bosch well known lambda IC and a very com- Wire size 26
pact box size with motorsports specification. Further- Wire length L 20 cm
more the analog signal output can be configured freely.
Pin Assignment
Functions
Pin Function
Application Lambda 0.75 to 10.12
1 + 12 V (Battery +)
Compatible Bosch sensor type LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, Mini-LSU 4.9
2 + 12 V (Battery +)
Channels 4
3 Ground (Battery -)
Heater Internal
4 Ground (Battery -)
Technical Specifications 5 K-Line diagnostic connection
Mechanical Data 6 CAN1 + (high)
Weight with wire 98 g 7 CAN1 – (low)
Sealing 100 % humidity 8 Analog out 1
Mounting Velcro 9 Analog out 2
Size w/o wire (w*l*h) 54 x 59 x 13 mm 10 Analog out 3
Operating temp. range (housing) -20 to 85°C 11 Analog out 4
12 Reference GND for analog out
13 Shield
14 Pump current LSU 1 IP1 Ordering Information
15 Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1 Lambdatronic LT4

16 Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1
17 Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1
18 Setup current LSU 1 IA1
19 Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1
20 Pump current LSU 2 IP2
21 Virtual GND LSU 2 VM2
23 Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

7 28 Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3
29 Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3
35 Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4
Installation Notes
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU 4.2,
LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The LT4 is featured with voltage compensation for the heating profile
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1

Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sen-

sor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to the

measuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to

be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN pro-
tocol).
page.
Communication
Communication link K-Line / CAN

Dimensions
7
Modular Sensor Interface M 60 Operating temperature -20 to 65°C
Max. vibration Vibration Profile 1 (See Appen-

sport.com)
Electrical Data

loads)
Inputs
Analog channels 26
Resolution 12 bit
Switchable pull up resistor 3 kΩ

Features
Rotational channels (default 4
Hall, Inductive as option)
Compact sensor interface
7 u
Outputs
u 30 input channels
PWM outputs (low side switch 2 4
u Each channel individually configurable
A each)
The M 60 is a compact and light weight sensor interface
Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA 4
unit for analog and digital sensors. Up to eight M 60 can each)
be used to expand the number of input channels of the
data logger C 60 as well as the display DDU 8. The M 60 Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA 1
are linked via high-speed Ethernet interface. This allows each)
for synchronized acquisition of data from the different
Sensor supply 12 V (1 A, non 1
units and the ECU.
regulated)
The M 60 offers 26 analog inputs, four rotational inputs,
four pwm outputs and two independent CAN buses. Environment
Each analog input channel features an analog pre-filter,
8 x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering. The Software Upgrade 1
cut-off frequency of the digital filter is automatically ad-
justed to match the acquisition rate. The latency of the CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from F 02U V01 012-01
digital filters is corrected during recording, yielding zero ECU manufacturer required)
filter delay in the recorded data.
The evaluation of each M 60 measurement channel is in-
dividually configurable with the PC configuration tool Motorsports connectors double 2 x 41 pins
RaceCon. density
Application Mating connector I F 02U 002 216-01
AS-DD 6-12-41SN
8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter
Configurable math channels AS-DD 6-12-41SA
User configurable CAN in/out messages Installation Notes

Max. 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels
3-port network switch
Required service interval: 24 months (internal accumulator is re-
RS232 GPS input placed)
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation.
protocol (optional)
Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h.
Technical Specifications Send device to Bosch dealer for accumulator change.
Mechanical Data The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in the
Size 105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm
Weight 495 g
Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces 2
Ethernet 100BaseT 3
Modular Sensor Interface M 60

Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
7
Electrical Data
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter
Power supply 12 V
Max. power supply (1 min) 25 V
Connector for Single Connector Type
Connector 1 (wide) AS-012-35-PN
Mating connector AS-6-12-35- F 02U 000 443-01

SN
Connectors for Double Connector Type
Connector 1 (wide) AS-2-12-35-PN
Mating connector AS-6-12-35- F 02U 000 443-01

SN
Connector 2 (small) AS-2-08-35-PN
Features Mating connector AS-6-08-35- F 02U 000 430-01

SN
ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Interface Pinout Connector 1 (wide)

7
u
u Lightweight Aluminum Housing Pin Description for one connec- Description for two connec-
tor tors
Bosch Motorsport has developed a wheel speed module
that converts the Bosch DF11 (differential dual hall sen- 1 Supply to DF11 (RR) Supply to DF11 (RR)
sors) signals to a signal that can be processed by pe-
ripheral engine controlling devices and data recording 2 Signal from DF11 (RR) Signal from DF11 (RR)
systems. The adapter can be plugged into any Bosch 3 Supply to DF11 (RL) Supply to DF11 (RL)
ABS M4 loom.
The operation principle is that it forwards the sensor in- 4 Signal from DF11 (RL) Signal from DF11 (RL)
formation to the ABS. In addition it converts the speed
5 Supply to DF11 (FR) Supply to DF11 (FR)
info into a digital signal. The type of output is open col-
lector. The connected device needs to contain an inter- 6 Signal from DF11 (FR) Signal from DF11 (FR)
nal pull up resistor of 2.15 kΩ to 12 V like the MS 4-
ECUs. 7 Supply to DF11 (FL) Supply to DF11 (FL)
The interface is available in two different housings sup-
8 Signal from DF11 (FL) Signal from DF11 (FL)
porting one connector or two connectors (see photo).
The single connector type is used if the signal is fed 9 Signal to ABS (FL) Signal to ABS (FL)
back into an especially pre-defined ABS loom which con-
nects e.g. to the original chassis loom. The double con- 10 DF11 supply from ABS (FL) DF11 supply from ABS (FL)
nector type is used if the speed signal is broadcast to 11 Signal to ABS (FR) Signal to ABS (FR)
the peripheral device via a separate loom.
12 DF11 supply from ABS (FR) DF11 supply from ABS (FR)
Application
13 Signal to ABS (RL) Signal to ABS (RL)
Application ABS wheel speed sensor inter- 14 DF11 supply from ABS (RL) DF11 supply from ABS (RL)
face
15 Signal to ABS (RR) Signal to ABS (RR)
Compatible sensor type Bosch DF 11
16 DF11 supply from ABS (RR) DF11 supply from ABS (RR)
17 Open collector Signal to ECU Not used
Storage temperature range -20 to 85°C (FL)
Technical Specifications 18 Open collector Signal to ECU Not used

(FR)
Mechanical Data
19 UBat 12V UBat 12V
Weight 53 g
20 Open collector Signal to ECU Not used
Size (Single connector type) 101.8 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm (RL)
Size (Double connector type) 112.1 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm 21 Open collector Signal to ECU Not used
(RR)
dix or www.bosch-motor- 22 ECU Ground Not used
sport.com)
Pinout Connector 2 (small)
Pin Description for one connec- Description for two connec-

tor tors
1 n.a. Open collector Signal to

ECU (FL)

ECU (FR)

ECU (RL)

ECU (RR)
5 n.a. Not used
6 n.a. ECU Ground
Single Connector Type

Double Connector Type 7

Dimensions
Single Connector Type Housing

Double Connector Type Housing
Connection Scheme
07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 411
Online Telemetry System

Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables
the transmission of online measurement data from a car
on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consists
of a data and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. From the
data logger data is sent via a RS232 connection to the
FM 40. The FM 40 adds framing and error correction in-
formation to the data stream and modulates its RF out-
put which is fed via an antenna wire to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by an RX antenna
connected to the pit receiver box. Inside the receiver
box, the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise
filter amplifier. It is then sent to a UHF modem. The mo-
dem demodulates the data stream and performs error
correction, if necessary. The output stream passes the
data converter and is transferred via a connection wire
to the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the
car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information
over the pit network. 7
Due to the high transmission power of 1 to 10 W of the
Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter, near 100 % cover-
age is achieved on most tracks, even under race condi-
tions with high RF interference.
Application
Transmission of online measurement data
Components
Telemetry transmitter FM 40
Data logger, e.g. C 60
Pit receiver box
Functions
Good data quality even under race conditions with high RF interfer-
ence.
High transmission power of 1 to 10 W
Near 100 % coverage on most tracks
Framing and error correction
Environment
Car antenna
Pit antenna
Server PC
Ethernet pit network

412 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry
Dimensions
Pit Receiver Box

Car Antenna Pit Antenna
on pit roof
Telemetry
Transmitter
Client PCs
Server PC
RS 232
Vehicle
System
7
Data Logger
Ethernet Pit Network
Telemetry Unit FM 40 Frequency range 430 to 470 MHz (hardware ad-

justable)
F(center) ± 1 MHz (software

programmable)
Transmission power 1 to 10 W
Receiver sensitivity -116 dBm error detection and

forward error correction (FEC)
RF channel bandwidth 12,5 kHz at 9.6 kbps

25 kHz at 19.2 kbps
Data interface RS232
Data rate 9.6 / 19.2 kbps
Required power supply 10 to 18 V
Max. current < 2,5 A
Operation temperature range 0 to 60°C
Features
Connectors and Wires 7
RF BNC female
u 750 g Power / data CGK SOT 8N35 PN
u 1 to 10 W transmission power
The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem suitable for re-
al-time telemetry transmission from a car on the race- Telemetry Unit FM 40
track. Order number B 261 208 898-01
The unit is offered in different hardware versions for
several frequency bands in the 430 to 470 MHz range.
Within the selected band, the transmission frequency is
software programmable in a ±1 MHz range. The high RF
output power of up to 10 W gives excellent range and
good track coverage.
From the data acquisition system transmit data is fed in-
to the FM 40 via a RS232 interface. Typically the FM 40
is operated as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.
For other applications, half duplex bidirectional opera-
tion is also possible.
Application
International standard I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113,

FCC
Mechanical Data
Size 151 x 138 x 28 mm
Weight 720 g
Housing with LED indicators
Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry systems.
Electrical Data
Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)
Internal data buffer and protocol management

Pit Receiver Box Communication 2 x 10 / 100 Mbit ethernet
Power consumption 10 W
Data and power connector Motorsports type
Antenna connector BNC (Jack) 50 Ω
Package Parts
Box
48 V power supply
Pit Receiver Box

Dimensions
The Pit Receiver Box integrates all electronic compo-
7 nents necessary to receive telemetry data from a car
equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one weatherproof Splitter LNA
package. Typically the receiver box is mounted on the
pit roof as close as possible to the RX antenna, thus
minimizing cable loss. The connection wire to the receiv-
ing PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m long, also
UHF Modem 1
supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
The Pit Receiver Box contains 1 to 4 UHF receivers fed
by a single RX antenna and low noise filter amplifier UHF Modem 2
(LNA). This enables parallel telemetry data reception
from up to 4 cars, provided transmitters need to oper-
ate in the same 2 MHz frequency band. UHF Modem 3
The Box is equipped with dual Ethernet port for redun-
dant Ethernet wire to the pit or for connection to a di-
rectional link (relay station). UHF Modem 4
Ethernet Power Supply
Mechanical Data
Interface Module
Weight 4.2 kg
Size 330 x 280 x 180 mm
Max. distance receiver box to PC 50 m

(with F 020 V01 440-01
Working temperature range -20 to 50°C Connector to Connector to Connector to

Relay Telemetry Server Antenna
Electrical Data
Directional Link Power Supply
Frequency range 400 to 470 MHz Ethernet #1 Ethernet #2
Working frequency band fc ±1 MHz

Scheme Pit Receiver Box
Channel spacing 12.5/25 kHz
Sensitivity ≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3
Serial interface RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8

data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow con-
trol)
Radio data rate 19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)

9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)
Pit Receiver Package
+ -
Eth
The Pit Receiver Package contains everything that is re-

quired to start operation.
Technical Specifications 7
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box (2 channels) F 02U V01 460-01
HF antenna wire (8 m) B 261 209 493-01
Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m) B 261 208 867-01
Ethernet and power wire (50 m) F 020 V01 440-01
Ethernet and power injection B 261 209 744-01

wire (1.5 m)
Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m) B 261 208 873-01
Pit Receiver Package

Burst Telemetry System

Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System ideally
complements the FM 40 long range telemetry. High-res-
olution measurement data, as stored in the data logger
of the data acquisition system, is transferred automati-
cally to the pit server PC when the car passes the pits
or the car is in the garage. This gives two advantages:
high resolution measurement data is already available in
the pit network while the car is still out on track, ena-
bling instant analysis and saving valuable track time.
While the car is in the garage, the burst telemetry sys-
tem gives a significant handling advantage: measure-
ment data is transferred automatically to the pit server
PC, e.g. after engine test runs. The RF system operates
in the license-free 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM band. The 32 se-
lectable non-overlapping channels allow great flexibility
in channel selection. The robust OFDM transmission
scheme in combination with the high-quality band filter
7 yield excellent performance even in environments with
high RF noise. Typically good data reception can be ach-
ieved in a radius of approx. 300 m around the pit sta-
tion, depending on antenna location and track topology.
If necessary, reception range can be extended by an op-
tional remote receiver station. During the running lap,
the data acquisition system stores engine and chassis
data in non-volatile memory. When a laptrigger is re-
ceived, the current file is closed and data is prepared
for burst transmission. As soon as the car reaches the
reception range of the pit receiver, data transmission
starts automatically. An intelligent algorithm chooses
the lapfile to transmit and resumes transmission if the
link has been interrupted. Typically 6 Mbytes of meas-
urement data can be transferred per lap during a race.
The bi-directional transmission scheme ensures error-
free reception. Privacy of measurement data is ensured
by 128-bit WEP encryption.
Application
6 MB measurement per lap
Bidirectional transmission scheme
Privacy ensured by 128-bit WEP encryption
32 selectable non-overlapping channels
Operates in license-free 5.1 to 5.8 MHz band
Best reception 300 m around pit

Dimensions
Car Antenna Burst Telemetry Receiver

on pit roof
Ethernet Cable, up to 75 m
Burst Telemetry
Transmitter
Client PCs
Server PC
RS 232
Vehicle
System
7
Data Logger
Ethernet Pit Network
Electrical Data
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR
Radio modem Full duplex (bidirectional)
60F
Receiver sensitivity -91 dBm at 12 Mbps
Frequency range 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM Band
Air data rate Typ. 12 (max. 54) Mbps
Data interface Ethernet TP10/100
Antenna Gain = 10 dBi; Omni directional
Max. power consumption 3.5 W
Rated current 0.25 A at 12 VDC
Interface connector AS008-35PA (Deutsch)
Mating connector AS608-35SA (Deutsch)

7
Legal Notes
Features
This product contains open source software. For detailed information
see product documentation.
u 1250 g
u +26 dBm transmission power
u Max. 3.5 W Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F

The BR 60F pit module is the stationary component of
Accessories
the Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The high
gain omnidirectional antenna is mounted directly at the Radio modem (inclusive)
receiver, minimizing wire loss. The weatherproof hous- Order number F 02U V00 048-01
ing allows outdoor mounting of the unit, e.g. on the pit
roof. 12 V DC power and 100 MBit Ethernet connection Antenna (inclusive)
to the pit server PC is supplied via the connecting wire, Order number F 02U V00 131-01
which can be up to 75m long. The system operates in
Antenna filter (inclusive)
the 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlap-
ping channels. The high quality band filter eliminates
out-of-band RF noise. This enables fully encrypted high Fitting system (inclusive)
speed data transmission at 12 MBit under race condi- Order number F 02U V00 133-01
tions. A directional antenna is available as an option.
Interface cable to the pit PC (inclusive)
Radio air interface IEEE 802.11a
Wireless approvals FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE
Encryptions WEP/WPA
Mechanical Data
Size (overall incl. antenna) 705 x 145 x 47 mm
Weight 1,250 g

Issue 2008
Max. vibration Vibration profile 1
Temperature range -20 to +85 °C

Electrical Data
Burst Telemetry Car Module
Radio modem Full duplex (bidirectional)
BT 60F
Receiver sensitivity -91 dBm at 12 Mbps
Frequency range 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM Band
Air data rate Typ. 12 (max. 54) Mbps
Data interface Ethernet TP10/100
Antenna Gain = 3 dBi; Omni directional
Max. power consumption 3.5 W
Rated current 0.25 A at 12 VDC
Antenna connector SMA(f)
Interface connector AS008-35PA (Deutsch)

7
Mating connector AS608-35SA (Deutsch)
Features
Legal Notes
u 370 g This product contains open source software. For detailed information
see product documentation.
u +26 dBm transmission power
u Max. 3.5 W
The BT 60F car module is the vehicle component of the Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F
Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The com- Order number F 02U V00 038-02
pact and lightweight unit receives measurement data via Accessories
a 100 MBit Ethernet connection from the data acquisi-
Radio modem (inclusive)
tion system and communicates with the pit module over
the RF antenna. The system operates in the 5.1 to 5.8
GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels. Antenna 5 dBi (inclusive)
An internal high quality band filter eliminates out-of- Order number F 02U V00 442-01
band RF noise, which enables fully encrypted high
speed data transmission at 12 MBit under race condi- Antenna socket (inclusive)
tions. Online diagnosis and performance monitoring is Order number F 02U V00 041-01
possible via the data acquisition system.
Antenna cable (inclusive)
Application Order number F 02U V00 042-01
Radio air interface IEEE 802.11a
Wireless approvals FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE
Encryption WEP/WPA
Mechanical Data
Size 139 x 96 x 22 mm
Weight 370 g

Issue 2008
Max. Vibration Vibration profile 1

420 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories
FM 40 Tester
The FM 40 Tester is used to check the performance of

telemetry components installed in the car which in-
cludes the FM 40 in conjunction with the RF wire and
the antenna. The FM 40 tester indicates RF output pow-
7 er as well as defective RF wires or car antennas ena-
bling quick detection of faulty components.
Electrical Data
Transmission power 1 to 15 (60) W
VSWR 1 to 6
Frequency band VHF / UHF
RF BNC male / female
FM 40 Tester
07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 421
Telemetry Antenna Dummy

Load
The telemetry antenna dummy load replaces the teleme-

try car antenna when running the FM 40 transmitter in
the workshop or the garage. It reduces high power RF
radiation.
Electrical Data 7
RF power 15 W
VSWR 1.1
Frequency band VHF / UHF
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load

Telemetry Car Antenna Single

Band
Rugged telemetry antenna for car mounting.
Frequency band UHF
7 Type ¼λ
Pattern (hor.) omni
Length 150 mm
RF BNC male
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band

07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 423
Antenna Cable Kit
RF wire for the installation of telemetry antennas in the

car. Intended for single hole mounting.
Length Max. 2m (tbd.)
Drill hole diameter 12,5 mm
Attenuation Max. 0.7 dB at 2 m, 450 MHz
Antenna Cable Kit

7
08 Software 8
Calibration 426
Simulation 428
Analysis 430
Software Upgrades 432

426 | 08 Software | Calibration
Modas Sport Technical Specifications
Function requirements
PC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free hard disc space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit
Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II F 02U V00 327-02
WinDarab Free data analysis On request

Software
Features
Communication
u Calibration software tool for Bosch ECUs
CAN (CCP), K-Line (KWP2000)
Modas Sport is the calibration tool for Bosch Motor-
8 sport ECUs. It integrates a lot of meaningful features to
manage our engine control units at the dyno and the
racetrack. Modas Sport
Order number Free download at our homepage
Functions
Calibration tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15, MS 3 Sport, MS 4

Sport, MS 15 Sport
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measure-

ment and documentation data
Measuring system
Numeric data visualization
Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization
Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab to analyze)
Oscilloscope (graphic data visualization)
Calibration system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters (calibration data)
Parameter file manager
Data file manager (copy & compare)
Macro manager
Potiboard support integrated
Administration
Work base management
Integrated K-Line flashing tool
Intuitive design, easy to use, based on latest technology

08 Software | Calibration | 427
RaceCon Min. 1 GB free hard disc space
VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II F 02U V00 327-02
RaceCon
Features
u An all integrated software tool for configuration

and calibration
RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configura- 8
tion and calibration of Bosch Motorsport hardware
products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The commu-
nication is based on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box inter-
face.
Functions
Calibration of ECU maps and curves
ECU data file up- and download
Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS system
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)
CAN communication log functionality (Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use
Environment
PC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM
428 | 08 Software | Simulation
LapSim By comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibil-

ity of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Files and

creates automatic database.
Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be deter-
mined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.
Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car
(PVI - 3 GHz)
Automatic set-up optimization

Features
Engine Simulation model
u Professional Simulation Tool Engine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition angle
u Basic / Chassis / Engine Versions available Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor
8 LapSim Chassis
is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation
2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads
program. By further processing the on-car recorded da- 2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression ra-
tios and chamber geometries
ta, using parts of the simulation models, a much more
profound analysis of the vehicle behavior can be gained. Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in cylin-
Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle der
parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tire be-
havior, engine power, as well as driver performance. The Fully adjustable camshaft profile
visualization of the vehicle behavior creates a much eas- Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft, which
ier and better understanding of the influence of several is integrated to calculate engine torque/power
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of
the technical background of the user. 10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range
LapSim Engine
supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capa-
ble of generating a torque/power and a corresponding LapSim Chassis Basic Version
ignition curves out of the main parameters of an engine.
The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition
(SI) race engine currently seen on the market, with or LapSim Chassis License
without air restrictor(s). To summarize, the engine soft- Order number B 261 206 432-01
ware is aiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort of
complex engine software packages. The engine software LapSim Engine License
avoids a vast number of variables in order to define ev- Order number F 01T A20 056-01
ery engine detail, in order to improve usability as well as
computational performance. The engine package is inte- LapSim Chassis and Engine License
grated in the lap simulation. Order number F 01T A20 057-01
Functions Upgrade LapSim Engine License

Data Analysis
Upgrade LapSim Chassis License
Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models. Order number F 01T A20 059-01
Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differential func-
tion, etc. Update LapSim Chassis or Engine
Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possi-
bility to analyze tire performance over the laps. Update LapSim Chassis and Engine
Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation model. Order number F 02U V00 288-01
3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thorough un-

derstanding.
08 Software | Simulation | 429
Dimensions
A few Screenshots
430 | 08 Software | Analysis
WinDarab V7 User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization
User Interface
Features Flexible display setup and arrangement
Storable display setup and arrangement

u State of the art user interface Lap browser
u Versatile diagrams Data Transmission
u Numerous analysis functions Direct data input without intermediate hardware
u Customizable mathematical channels and filters Protection/encryption of logged data files
8 Software based license without dongle
u ASCII import and export
WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring and an- License System
alyzing of logged data and is specially designed for mo-
torsports use. Monitor vehicle data using online teleme- Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations
try and compare logged data by reading out your data Activation/update via internet
logger. WinDarab V7 features a state of the art user in-
terface and reads out both engine and chassis data. Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergo-
nomic handling as well as new features and a revised li- Environment
cense system to work without a dongle.
Choose between the Free and the Expert version de- PC
pending on your purpose. IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab
V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsports engineers. Min. 1 GB RAM
Functions Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)

Diagrams
Operating systems
Oscilloscope
X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands
Histogram Technical Specifications
3D-diagram Variations
Analysis Free Expert
Overlay of different laps Max. open files 4 unlimited
Time or distance based analysis Max. measuring data windows 2 unlimited
Absolute and relative values Max. areas in measuring data 4 unlimited

windows
One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)
Histogram + +
Regression lines, user defined lines
x/y-plot + +
Lap reports and lap based comparisons
Distribution + +
Replay offline data in realtime
min/max-tables + +
Advanced Analysis
Fourier-transformation + +
08 Software | Analysis | 431
Outing report + +
Lap analysis - +
Flowcharts - +
Instrument panel + +
User defined physical units + +
Racetrack generation via + +

speed/lateral G or GPS
ASCII export + +
Available operators for math +, -, *, /, ^, All

channels. sqr (x), sqrt (x)
Extras settings/comments - +
Desktop load/save + +
Telemetry + +
Programming interface (API) - Opt.
WinDarab Free
8
WinDarab Expert
Software Options
Software licence API for WinDarab Expert
432 | 08 Software | Software Upgrades
CAN Bypass Interface to Bosch data logging systems
SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all MS 5.1 ECU, dataloggers C 50 and C 60 and

MS 5.5 internal data logger available. For other MS 5.x ECUs on re-
quest.
Required and not included Software
MathWorks Requirements
MATLAB R2010b
Simulink
Real-Time Workshop
Real-Time Workshop Embedded Coder
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Simulink Fixed-Point
Stateflow
Stateflow Coder
Features
Compiler
8 u Calculation in external Bosch CAN bypass ECU Freescale CodeWarrior Professional – MobileGT
u Connection to Non-Bosch ECU possible Operating Systems
u Interface binding via CAN (max. 1 Mbaud/s) Windows XP SP3, Windows 7 (64 Bit)
u Interface bandwidth depending on CAN
Development Hints
Develop your own software on a Bosch Motorsport ECU
for bypassing or support a host ECU via CAN or as Depending on your experiences with SW-Development of Bosch Mo-
standalone ECU. CAN Bypass is a software development torsport ECUs we recommend SW-Development support from Bosch
Motorsport.
environment based on Matlab/Simulink. It allows a sig-
nificantly speed algorithm development with option for
all MS 5.x ECUs, data loggers C 50 and C 60 and the MS Ordering Information
5.5 internal data logger. We deliver it with a full environ-
CAN Bypass for ECU MS 5.0
ment for Matlab/Simulink, an empty model with Bosch
Motorsport real time operating system library and a
package of Matlab/Simulink interfaces to all ECU I/Os. CAN Bypass for Datalogger C 50
Using a bypass ECU with software breakouts on host Order number F 02U V00 670-01
ECU to calculate parts of host ECU functions on bypass
ECU or as standalone ECU e.g. for hybrid or transmis- CAN Bypass for Datalogger C 60
sion control. Order number F 02U V00 671-01
Technical Specifications CAN Bypass for ECU MS 5.5 internal Datalogger

General Functions
Services
Support for generating executables that include algorithm, device-
driver and real-time operating system Service Contract
The service contract extension is necessary at the begin-
Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous) ning of the second year of use. It has a runtime of one
tasks, task pre-emption, and temporary task overruns year.
Environment for Matlab/Simulink
Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers
Support for CAN bypass of MS 5.x ECUs. Break out signals with CAN
standard DBC file.
Bypass interaction between host ECU and bypass ECU via CAN (500
kBaud/s or 1 MBaud/s)
Calibration and measurement interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ether-
net
08 Software | Software Upgrades | 433
Required and not included Software

MSD Partitioning
MathWorks Requirements
MATLAB R2010b
Simulink
Real-Time Workshop
Real-Time Workshop Embedded Coder
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Simulink Fixed-Point
Stateflow
Stateflow Coder
Compiler
Freescale CodeWarrior Professional – MobileGT
Operating Systems
Features
Windows 7, 64 Bit SP1
u Calculation directly in Bosch main ECU Development Hints

u Communication binding via Software free cuts Depending on your experiences with SW-Development of Bosch Mo-
torsport ECUs we recommend SW-Development support from Bosch
8
u Fast connection to Bosch Software, solution for Motorsport.
time-critical calculations
u Unlimited bandwidth interfaces Ordering Information
u One Box Design (compact solution, no extra MSD Partitioning

weight) Order number F 02U V01 350-01
Services
Develop your own Software on a Bosch Motorsport
MS 5.x ECU. MSD Partitioning Single TGT is a software Service Contract
option for all MS 5.x ECUs such as the MS 5.0, MS 5.1, Order number F 02U V01 755-01
MS 5.2, MS 5.5. We deliver it with a full environment for
Matlab/Simulink, a compiled Bosch Motorsport model
as library, an empty model and real-time operating sys-
tem library and a package of Matlab/Simulink interfaces
to all ECU I/Os.
General Functions
Support for generating executables that include algorithm, device-

driver and real-time operating system
Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous)

tasks, task pre-emption and temporary task overruns
Environment for Matlab/Simulink
Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers
Full read access to all Bosch signals
Development environment with reduced Bosch “unit_blockset”
Real time calibration
Calibration and measurement interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ether-
net
SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all MS 5.x ECUs

434 | 08 Software | Software Upgrades
8
09 Accessories 9
Communication Interface 436
Connector Opening Tool 437
PowerBox 438
Relay 442
Switches 444
Wiper Motor 445
Wiring Harnesses 449

436 | 09 Accessories | Communication Interface
MSA-Box II Pin 3 GND
Pin 4 CAN_High
Pin 10 K-Line
Pin 8 RxD+
Pin 9 RxD-
Pin 11 TxD+
Pin 12 TxD-
Pin 16 CAN_Low
Features Pin 22 SCR
Diagnosis wire length 2m

u Communication interface for PC-supported cali-
bration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface USB wire length 0.5 m
The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported

calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or CAN
interface of an ECU. MSA-Box II
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB inter- Order number F 02U V00 327-02
face. This ensures a powerful and universal link to all
common PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected via
Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis inter-
face.
9 Mechanical Data
Temperature range 0 to 70°C
Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation
Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side) 8 to 32 V
Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board mains
with galvanic separation
Power consumption (powered Typ. 0.5 W

by USB)
USB USB 2.0, high speed (480 MBit/

sec)
Ethernet 100 MBit/sec
K-Line 300 Bd up to 320 kBd
CAN 10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s
Operating Systems Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit
Connector F 02U 000 441-01

AS 6-12-35PN

AS 0-12-35SN
Pin 1 Terminal 30 (permanent pos)
Pin 2 Terminal 15 (switch pos)

09 Accessories | Connector Opening Tool | 437
Connector Opening Tool for

AS series
Features
u Quick and easy opening of ECU connectors
Mechanical Data
Material Stainless steel
Opening tool for shellsize 16

Opening tool for shellsize 18

438 | 09 Accessories | PowerBox
PowerBox PBX 180 26 low power channels (8 A continuous)
4 low power PWM channels (8 A continuous)
2 wiper channels (8 A continous)
4 tri-state digital channels
3 sensor supplies 5 V with individual ground pins
Warning light
Software
Real time clock
Connectors
Connector 1: Battery power sup- Deutsch ASHD0 14-1 PN

ply
Connector 2: High power outputs Deutsch AS2 20-16 SN
Connector 3: Low power outputs Deutsch AS2 20-39 SA
Connector 4: Signal and Inputs Deutsch AS2 16-35 SN

Features
Pin configuration
u Advanced user interface Connector 1 – Battery Power Supply
u CAN communication Mating connector Deutsch ASHD6 14-1 SN C35
9 u Reverse polarity protection Order number connector housing F 02U 002 905-01
u Lightweight aluminum casing Notice: Depending on the cable used for power supply, one of the fol-
lowing pins is needed according to the diameter of the cable.
u Current measurement on all channels
Order number pin for cable 16 F 02U 002 906-01
We designed the PowerBox for intelligent control and mm2
distribution of the electric grid in a modern racing car. It
Order number pin for cable 25 F 02U 002 907-01
is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and mm2
circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and pro-
vides diagnostic capabilities. Order number pin for cable 35 F 02U 002 908-01
mm2
Connector 2 – High Power Outputs
Mechanical Data
Mating connector Deutsch AS6 20-16 PN
Size 191 x 176 x 36 mm
Order number connector F 02U 000 480-01
Weight 1,250 g
Pin Used for Max Rating / Peak (A) *)
Temp. range (at internal sen- -10 to 85°C
sors) A Channel 10 High Power 20 / 80
Electrical Data B Channel 2 Very High Power 20 / 180
Supply voltage range 6 to 20 V C Channel 1 Very High Power 20 / 180
Power supply current 180 A D Channel 9 High Power 20 / 80
E Channel 1 High Power 20 / 80

Inputs
F Channel 5 High Power 20 / 80
16 analogue inputs (12 bit resolution)
G Channel 1 High Power PWM 20 / 80 (0 to 100% DC)
14 digital inputs
H Channel 2 High Power PWM 20 / 80 (0 to 100% DC)
Outputs
J Channel 12 High Power 20 / 80
2 very high power channels (up to 180 A inrush current, 20 A continu-
K Channel 4 High Power 20 / 80
ous)
L Channel 11 High Power 20 / 80
12 high power channels (up to 80 A inrush current, 20 A continuous)
M Channel 3 High Power 20 / 80
2 high power PWM channels (20 A continuous)
09 Accessories | PowerBox | 439
N Channel 6 High Power 20 / 80 i Channel 11 8 / 40
P Channel 2 High Power 20 / 80 j Channel 3 PWM 20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)
R Channel 7 High Power 20 / 80 k Channel 1 PWM 20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)
S Channel 8 High Power 20 / 80 m Power Ground
*) Please note that the current draw per channel is limited by the con- n Channel 15 8 / 40
nector, not by the driver stages.
p Channel 17 8 / 40
Connector 3 – Low Power Outputs
q Channel 5 8 / 40
Mating connector Deutsch AS6 20-39 PA r Power Ground
Order number connector F 02U 002 859-01 *) Please note that the current draw per channel is limited by the con-
Pin Used for Max Rating / Peak (A) *) nector – not by the driver stages.
A Channel Wiper 2 8 / 40 Connector 4 – Signal and Inputs
B Tri-State Output 2 Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V Mating connector Deutsch AS6 16-35 PN
C Tri-State Output 4 Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V Order number connector F 02U 000 466-01
D Channel 25 8 / 40 Pin Used for Comments
E Channel 26 8 / 40 1 Digital Input 7 Trig high / low
F Channel 23 8 / 40 2 Digital Input 5 Trig high / low
G Channel 21 8 / 40 3 Digital Input 3 Trig high / low
H Channel 22 8 / 40 4 Digital Input 11 Trig high / low
J Channel 20 8 / 40 5 Digital Input 9 Trig high / low

9
K Channel 14 8 / 40 6 Digital Input 6 Trig high / low
L Channel 16 8 / 40 7 Digital Input 2 Trig high / low
M Channel 18 8 / 40 8 Digital Input 1 Trig high / low
N Channel 2 8 / 40 9 Reserved
P Channel 4 8 / 40 10 Digital Input 13 Trig high / low
R Channel 6 8 / 40 11 Digital Input 12 Trig high / low
S Channel 8 8 / 40 12 Digital Input 8 Trig high / low
T Channel 10 8 / 40 13 Digital Input 4 Trig high / low
U Channel 12 8 / 40 14 Reserved
V Channel 2 PWM 20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC) 15 CAN 2L
W Channel 4 PWM 20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC) 16 CAN 2H
X Channel Wiper 1 8 / 40 17 Reserved
Y Tri-State Output 1 Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V 18 Reserved
Z Tri-State Output 3 Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V 19 Digital Input 14 Trig high / low
a Reserved - 20 Digital Input 10 Trig high / low
b Channel 24 8 / 40 21 Reserved
c Channel 19 8 / 40 22 Reserved
d Channel 13 8 / 40 23 CAN 1L
e Channel 1 8 / 40 24 CAN 1H
f Channel 3 8 / 40 25 Reserved
g Channel 7 8 / 40 26 Reserved
h Channel 9 8 / 40 27 Reserved -
440 | 09 Accessories | PowerBox
28 Reserved
29 Reserved
30 Reserved
31 Analogue Input 16; 12 bit Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k
32 Sensor Supply VREF2 5.0 V
33 Analogue ground
34 Analogue ground
35 Analogue ground
36 Analogue ground
41 Analogue ground
42 Warning Light at 5V, max. 0.5 A 5.0 V

9
Communication
2 CAN lines (64 input channels)
PowerBox PBX 180

09 Accessories | PowerBox | 441
Dimensions
9
442 | 09 Accessories | Relay
Relay 25 A Ordering Information
Relay 25 A
Order number Y 261 A20 597-01
Base
Order number Y 261 A20 598-01
Features
u 25 A max. current
The relay 25 A is a miniature DC-contactor for electrical
power control. The rated current is 25 A for secondary
9 power distribution with high inrush current like hydraul-
ic- and fuel motor loads. The base part allows a quick
change of the relay.
Mechanical Data
Drill hole 3.1 mm
Weight 61 g
Vibration 30 g/70 Hz to 3 kHz
Shock 100 g (11 ms)
Electrical Data
Power Supply 12 to 14.5 V
Min. switches 50,000
Coil resistance at 25°C 80 Ω
Max. current 25 A
Current vs. Time characteristic

(the relay shall be compatible with a 25 A circuit break-
er)
I (A) t(s)
30 3,600 (1 h)
50 5
100 1.2
250 0.2
350 0.1
09 Accessories | Relay | 443
Dimensions
9
444 | 09 Accessories | Switches
Switches 12 steps angled 90°

Angled 90°, KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
12 steps straight
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
We offer a wide range of switches for the special de-

mands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every design and every
connector wire equivalent to your individual require-
ment.
Functions
For MAP function
For display toggle function
3 steps for MAP function
4 steps
9 4 steps for MAP function
6 steps for display switch-over
12 steps
Design
Straight
Angled 90°
Options
With integrated resistor network
Lockable
Variable number of steps
Variable form of rotary waver switch
Without end stop
Please specify the required cable length with your order.
For MAP function

6 steps for display switch-over

09 Accessories | Wiper Motor | 445
Mechanical Data
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA
Max. Vibration 30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1 in
combination with silentblocks
(see Accessories)
Size 104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm
Max. wipe cycles/min Depending on wipe angle
Max. wipe angle 160°
Max. torque 35 Nm
Weight 1,270 g
Electrical Data
Supply current at 40 cycles/min. Typ. 3.4 A
Supply current at 60 cycles/min. Typ. 6.3 A
LIN Protocol
Features
LIN Version 2.0
u Analog and LIN versions available LIN Speed 19,2 kBaud/s
The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing Message ID 0x31
movements instead of rotating 360° like a conventional
wiper. Interframe-Space 20 to 40 ms
Its function and many operating modes are managed by 9
BYTE 0 Value 0 0 1 1 Counter
integrated control electronics. The user is able to con-
trol the desired operating mode simply by switching its Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
analog inputs to ground [Version Analog] or via LIN [Ver-
sion LIN]. The gear, the motor and the electronics are all
installed in the same housing. BYTE 1 Value SPD1 SPD2 INT 0 1 1 0 1
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rota-
tion movement which replaces external gears and the Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
possibility of programming the operating speed and end
positions of all its function modes, upon request.
BYTE 2 Value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Application
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Technical Specifications BYTE 3 Value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Variations Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WDA Analog
Operating modes: BYTE 4 Value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Stop Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2
BYTE 5 Value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WDA LIN
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operating modes:
Stop
Counter The counter has to be increased with each LIN-
Interval
message (0 … 15 dez).
Speed 1
Speed 2 INT Operationg Mode Interval. ON=1, OFF=0
Single stroke
Service position SPD1 Operationg Mode Speed 1. ON=1, OFF=0
SPD2 Operationg Mode Speed 2. ON=1, OFF=0

446 | 09 Accessories | Wiper Motor
Connector CEP2M-AMP-4
Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request
Pinout Analog
Pin 1 AN2
Pin 2 AN1
Pin 3 Gnd
Pin 4 US
Pinout LIN
Pin 1 LIN
Pin 2 Special functions, e.g. Master/

Slave
Pin 3 Gnd
Pin 4 US
Installation Notes
The WDA Analog can be operated by switching the analog inputs be-
9 tween ground and voltage supply.
The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Master func-
tion. Further information about the LIN-Frame available upon request.
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating

modes.
The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks

(F02U 003 027-01).

specifications.
page.
WDA Analog
WDA LIN
Accessories
Silentblock
09 Accessories | Wiper Motor | 447
Dimensions
9
448 | 09 Accessories | Wiper Motor
Operating Modes
09 Accessories | Wiring Harnesses | 449
Wiring Harnesses
We offer special wiring harnesses for motorsport appli-

cations. Our portfolio contents layout, design and pro-
duction of harnesses, sensors and actuators for motor-
sport requirements.
Moreover we offer consultancy of loom design and sen-
sor definition. Design and production of prototypes up
to mass production is also possible. We do 2D Layout
documentation in exchangeable *.dxf, *.dwg file format.
Naturally we use motorsport connectors (sev. MIL
specs) and switches and fuses from aviation and aero-
space technology. Full shielded wires for maximum EMC
protection are available. All looms are built with cables
and wires in aviation & aerospace quality. All looms are
tested on a high voltage test bench. Tests under defined 9
vibration profiles are also possible. We also offer several
connectors on request.
Wiring Harnesses
450 | 09 Accessories | Wiring Harnesses
9
10 Appendix 10
General Information 452
Vibration Profiles 453

452 | 10 Appendix | General Information
General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport

Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD.
Never grab into the connectors. Please follow the regu-
lations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD packaging
materials).
Service
To ensure full functionality every time, Bosch Motor-
sport recommends annual functional testing of all equip-
ment.
Battery
Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please
use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal
procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle
schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport
recommends maintenance once a year.
Installation
The correct installation extends reliability and durability.
Please follow the specifications regarding temperature,
humidity, vibration and liquid compatibility.
10
10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 453
Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz) Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz
20 50.4
55 26.0
180 1.0
300 1.0
360 0.56
1,000 0.6
2,000 0.6
Effective value aEff 55.4 m/s2
Sinus: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz) Acceleration peak (m/s2)
100 50
180 200
250 200
350 60
2,000 60
10
454 | 10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles
Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
10 10
50 10
66.7 1
100 1
1,000 0.1
Effective value aEff 26.9 m/s2
10
10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 455
Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise
10 14.0
50 7.0
60 3.5
300 0.51
500 45.6
1,500 15.26
Effective value aEff 168 m/s2
Sinus
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency (Hz) Amplitude of accel- Amplitude of oscilla-

eration (m/s2) tion lane (μm)
20 50
85 50
85 175
200 175
200 280
10
220 280
300 125
440 125
456 | 10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles
10
Index | 457
A H
ABS M4 Kit ..................................................................378 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 ...............................294
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C .................................196 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di ...................................296
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2 ....................................351 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ...................................299
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3 ....................................353 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ....................................301
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 .......................................355 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2 ..................................303
Alternator 90 A ............................................................176 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ............................305
Alternator B3 ...............................................................178 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed .................309
Alternator B3 LIN ........................................................181 HP Control Valve DSV ....................................................59
Alternator GCM1 .........................................................184 HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/-FCV HP ...............................71
Antenna Cable Kit .......................................................423 HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD ...............................................73
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW ...............................................74
B HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC ..................................173
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F ............................419 HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 ........................................171
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F ............................418 HPI 1.1 ..........................................................................75
Burst Telemetry System Overview ...............................416 HPI 5 .............................................................................76
HPI 5-M 4C ....................................................................77
C HPI 5-M 8C ....................................................................79
CAN Bypass .................................................................432
CAN Module ...............................................................399
I
Connector Opening Tool for AS series ........................437 Ignition Module IM 3.1 ................................................149
Current Sensor CS 240 ...............................................198 Ignition Module IM 3.2 ................................................151
Ignition Module IM 4 ...................................................153
D Inductive Speed Sensor IA ..........................................312
Data Logger C 50 ........................................................388 Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C .......................................315
Data Logger C 60 ........................................................390 Inductive Speed Sensor IS ..........................................317
Diesel System Components ..........................................40 Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C .......................................319
Display DDU 7 .............................................................382 Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T .......................................321
Display DDU 8 .............................................................384 Injection Valve EV 12 ...................................................159
Double Fire Coil 2x2 ....................................................128 Injection Valve EV 14 ...................................................163
Double Fire Coil 3x2 ....................................................131 Injection Valve EV 14i ..................................................168
Injection Valve EV 6 .....................................................155
E
Electronic Throttle Body ...............................................43
K
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport ....................................14 Knock Sensor KS-P ......................................................202
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup .....................16 Knock Sensor KS-R ......................................................204
Engine Control Unit MS 12 ............................................37
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 .........................................33
L
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 .........................................35 Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D ...........................................212
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport ....................................18 Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ..............................................206
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0 ...........................................24 Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ..............................................209
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1 ...........................................26 Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ......................................215
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2 ...........................................30 Lambdatronic LT4 .......................................................403
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5 ...........................................28 Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver .........................................394
Engine Control Units Performance Line ........................21 Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter ....................................396
Engine Control Units Sport Line ....................................11 Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver ..........................................397
Extended Module EM-LIN ............................................401 Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter ......................................398
LapSim ........................................................................428
F Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1 ............................................358
FM 40 Tester ...............................................................420 Linear Potentiometer LP 10 ........................................218
FPR Adaptor ..................................................................57 Linear Potentiometer LP 100 ......................................232
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38 ....................................51 Linear Potentiometer LP 100F ....................................234
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 ......................................54 Linear Potentiometer LP 150 ......................................236
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A .....................................49 Linear Potentiometer LP 25 ........................................220
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M .............................46 Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin ................................222
Fuel Pump FP 100 .........................................................61 Linear Potentiometer LP 50 ........................................224
Fuel Pump FP 165 .........................................................63 Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin ................................226
Fuel Pump FP 200 .........................................................65 Linear Potentiometer LP 75 ........................................228
Fuel Pump FP 300 .........................................................67 Linear Potentiometer LP 75F ......................................230
Fuel Pump FP 300L .......................................................69
M
G Modas Sport ...............................................................426
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 .............................................200 Modular Sensor Interface M 60 ...................................406
General Information ....................................................452 MSA-Box II ...................................................................436
MSD Partitioning .........................................................433
458 | Index
O T
Online Telemetry System Overview .............................411 Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load .................................421
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band ............................422
P Telemetry Unit FM 40 ..................................................413
Pit Receiver Box ..........................................................414 Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ....................................332
Pit Receiver Package ...................................................415 Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H .................................334
PowerBox PBX 180 .....................................................438 Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .................................336
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B ..........................................238 Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS .................................323
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C ..........................................241 Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H ...................................325
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 ..........................................244 Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS .................................327
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ..........................................247 Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS .................................329
Pressure Sensor Air PSP .............................................249 Temperature Sensor PT 200E ......................................338
Pressure Sensor Air PST .............................................251 Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s/-c ...................342
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 .....................................254 Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r/-s .....................340
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ...................................256 Thermocouple Probe TCP K ........................................344
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM .........................................258 Thermocouple Probe TCP KA ......................................346
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S ......................................260 Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2 ...................................349
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .....................................262 Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 .............................................125
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R .................................266
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R ...................................264 U
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R .................................268 Upgrade USB ...............................................................392
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260 ...................................270
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F .......................................272 V
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 ....................................275 Vibration Profile 1 .......................................................453
Vibration Profile 2 .......................................................454
R Vibration Profile 3 .......................................................455
RaceCon ......................................................................427
Relay 25 A ...................................................................442 W
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M ..........................278 Wheel Speed Signal Splitter ........................................408
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin ..............................288 WinDarab V7 ...............................................................430
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308 .......................286 Wiper Direct Actuator WDA .........................................445
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M ..................................290 Wire Potentiometer WP 100 ........................................370
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H ..................................292 Wire Potentiometer WP 120 ........................................372
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M/130-M/350-M .............280 Wire Potentiometer WP 125 ........................................374
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55 ........................................282 Wire Potentiometer WP 35 ..........................................364
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86 ........................................284 Wire Potentiometer WP 50 ..........................................366
Wire Potentiometer WP 75 ..........................................368
S Wiring Harnesses ........................................................449
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10 .............................................146
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8 ...............................................143 Y
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro .............................................140 Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 ...............................................361
Single Fire Coil P35 ......................................................87
Single Fire Coil P35-E10 ................................................96
Single Fire Coil P35-E8 ..................................................93
Single Fire Coil P35-T ....................................................90
Single Fire Coil P35-TE10 ............................................101
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8 ................................................98
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M .........................................104
Single Fire Coil P65 .....................................................107
Single Fire Coil P65-E10 ..............................................116
Single Fire Coil P65-E8 ................................................113
Single Fire Coil P65-T ..................................................110
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10 ............................................122
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8 ..............................................119
Single Fire Coil PS ........................................................81
Single Fire Coil PS-T ......................................................84
Single Fire Coil S19 .....................................................134
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T ..........................................137
Starter 1.4 kW .............................................................188
Starter 1.7 kW .............................................................190
Starter 2.0 kW .............................................................192
Switches .....................................................................444
Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more information please visit

www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email to
[email protected]
© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2013

Modifications reserved.

Catalog 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog 2014

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bosch Motorsport

Equipment for High Performance Vehicles

North and South America

Australia and New Zealand

02 Injection and Ignition 2

03 Alternators and Starters 3

07 Data Logging Systems 7

01 Engine Control Units 9 Ignition Coils 81

Gasoline Engine Control Units 10 Single Fire Coil PS 81

Electronic Throttle Body 43 Ignition Modules 149

Electronic Throttle Body 43 Ignition Module IM 3.1 149

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M 46 Injection Valves 155

Fuel Pump FP 100 61

HP Injection Power Stages 75 Starters 188

HPI 1.1 75 Starter 1.4 kW 188

Absolute Position Sensor APS-C 196

Current Sensor 198 Rotary Potentiometers 278

Current Sensor CS 240 198 Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M 278

Lambda Sensors 206 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 294

05 Brake Control 377 Simulation 428

ABS 378 LapSim 428

ABS M4 Kit 378 Analysis 430

Display DDU 7 382 CAN Bypass 432

07 Data Logging Systems 387 09 Accessories 435

Data Logger C 50 388 MSA-Box II 436

Connector Opening Tool for AS series 437

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver 394 PowerBox 438

Modas Sport 426

Gasoline Engine Control Units 10

Diesel Engine Control Units 32

Gasoline Engine Control Units

Sport Line ECUs

Max. Cyl./bank 6/2 6/2 8[GDI 6]/2

Control strategy Alpha/n Alpha/n Alpha/n

Lambda ctrl Dual Dual Dual

Turbo boost ctrl - - Opt.

Knock ctrl Opt. + Opt.

El. Throttle ctrl Opt. + Opt.

Traction ctrl Opt. + Opt.

GDI support - - Opt.

Proposed display DDU 7 DDU 7 DDU 7

Performance Line ECUs

Max. Cyl./bank 8/2 8/2 8/2 12/2

Lambda ctrl Dual Dual Dual Dual

Turbo boost ctrl + + + +

El. Throttle ctrl + + + +

Proposed logger C 60 C 60 Integrated 2 GB logger C 60

Proposed display DDU 8 DDU 8 DDU 8 DDU 8

Engine Control Units Sport

The Sport Line introduces a simple and competitive

Sport Line ECUs

Max. Cyl./bank 6/2 6/2 8[GDI 6]/2

Control strategy Alpha/n Alpha/n Alpha/n

Lambda ctrl Dual Dual Dual

Turbo boost ctrl - - Opt.

Knock ctrl Opt. + Opt.

El. Throttle ctrl Opt. + Opt.

Traction ctrl Opt. + Opt.

GDI support - - Opt.